Specifications | Cisco Systems 2955 Switch User Manual

Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945,
and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco
Unified Communications Manager 8.5
(SCCP and SIP)
Americas Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 527-0883
Text Part Number: OL-23769-01
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL
STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT
SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE
OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.
The following information is for FCC compliance of Class A devices: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant
to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case users will be required
to correct the interference at their own expense.
The following information is for FCC compliance of Class B devices: The equipment described in this manual generates and may radiate radio-frequency energy. If it is not
installed in accordance with Cisco’s installation instructions, it may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance with the specifications in part 15 of the FCC rules. These specifications are designed to provide reasonable
protection against such interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
Modifying the equipment without Cisco’s written authorization may result in the equipment no longer complying with FCC requirements for Class A or Class B digital
devices. In that event, your right to use the equipment may be limited by FCC regulations, and you may be required to correct any interference to radio or television
communications at your own expense.
You can determine whether your equipment is causing interference by turning it off. If the interference stops, it was probably caused by the Cisco equipment or one of its
peripheral devices. If the equipment causes interference to radio or television reception, try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measures:
• Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops.
• Move the equipment to one side or the other of the television or radio.
• Move the equipment farther away from the television or radio.
• Plug the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the television or radio. (That is, make certain the equipment and the television or radio are on circuits
controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses.)
Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product.
The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public
domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH
ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF
DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO
OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
CCDE, CCENT, CCSI, Cisco Eos, Cisco HealthPresence, Cisco IronPort, the Cisco logo, Cisco Nurse Connect, Cisco Pulse, Cisco SensorBase, Cisco StackPower,
Cisco StadiumVision, Cisco TelePresence, Cisco Unified Computing System, Cisco WebEx, DCE, Flip Channels, Flip for Good, Flip Mino, Flipshare (Design), Flip Ultra,
Flip Video, Flip Video (Design), Instant Broadband, and Welcome to the Human Network are trademarks; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn, Cisco Capital,
Cisco Capital (Design), Cisco:Financed (Stylized), Cisco Store, Flip Gift Card, and One Million Acts of Green are service marks; and Access Registrar, Aironet, AllTouch,
AsyncOS, Bringing the Meeting To You, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, CCVP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo,
Cisco IOS, Cisco Lumin, Cisco Nexus, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Collaboration Without Limitation,
Continuum, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Event Center, Explorer, Follow Me Browsing, GainMaker, iLYNX, IOS, iPhone, IronPort, the IronPort logo, Laser Link, LightStream,
Linksys, MeetingPlace, MeetingPlace Chime Sound, MGX, Networkers, Networking Academy, PCNow, PIX, PowerKEY, PowerPanels, PowerTV, PowerTV (Design),
PowerVu, Prisma, ProConnect, ROSA, SenderBase, SMARTnet, Spectrum Expert, StackWise, WebEx, and the WebEx logo are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.
and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries.
Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. To view a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this
URL: www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third-party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership
relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1110R)
The Java logo is a trademark or registered trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. or other countries.
© 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
CONTENTS
Preface
ix
Overview
ix
Audience
ix
Organization
ix
Related Documentation
x
Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining Support, and Security Guidelines
Document Conventions
CHAPTER
1
xi
xi
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
1-1
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
What Networking Protocols are Used?
1-2
1-9
What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961?
Feature Overview 1-13
Configuring Telephony Features 1-13
Configuring Network Parameters Using the Cisco Unified IP Phone 1-14
Providing Users with Feature Information 1-14
1-12
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones 1-14
Overview of Supported Security Features 1-16
Understanding Security Profiles 1-18
Identifying Encrypted Phone Calls 1-18
Supporting 802.1X Authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones 1-21
Security Restrictions 1-22
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones 1-22
Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones in Cisco Unified CM 1-23
Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones 1-27
Terminology Differences
CHAPTER
2
1-29
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network
2-1
Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP Telephony Products 2-1
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with Cisco Unified CM
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with the VLAN 2-2
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Power Guidelines 2-4
2-2
2-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
iii
Contents
Power Outage 2-4
Obtaining Additional Information about Power
Understanding Phone Configuration Files
2-5
2-5
Understanding the Phone Startup Process
2-7
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database 2-8
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration 2-9
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS 2-10
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified CM Administration 2-10
Adding Phones with BAT 2-11
Using Cisco Unified IP Phones with Different Protocols 2-11
Converting a New Phone from SCCP to SIP 2-11
Converting an In-Use Phone from One Protocol to the Other Protocol
Deploying a Phone in an SCCP and SIP Environment 2-12
Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone
CHAPTER
3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
2-12
2-13
3-1
Before You Begin 3-1
Network Requirements 3-1
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Configuration
3-2
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Components
Network and Access Ports 3-2
Handset 3-3
Speakerphone 3-3
Headset 3-3
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
3-2
3-5
Reducing Power Consumption on the Phone
3-9
Footstand 3-9
Higher Viewing Angle 3-13
Lower Viewing Angle 3-14
Mounting the Phone to the Wall
3-14
Verifying the Phone Startup Process
Configuring Startup Network Settings
3-14
3-15
Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
CHAPTER
4
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Configuration Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Displaying a Configuration Menu 4-2
Unlocking and Locking Options 4-3
iv
3-15
4-1
4-1
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Contents
Editing Values
Network Setup Menu
4-3
4-4
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
4-6
Security Configuration Menu 4-9
Trust List Menu 4-9
802.1X Authentication and Status
CHAPTER
5
4-9
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users
5-1
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Join and Direct Transfer Policy 5-15
Configuring Corporate and Personal Directories
Configuring Corporate Directories 5-16
Configuring Personal Directory 5-16
5-1
5-16
Modifying Phone Button Templates 5-17
Modifying a Phone Button Template for Personal Address Book or Speed Dials
Configuring Softkey Templates
Setting Up Services
5-19
5-21
Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
5-22
Managing the User Options Web Pages 5-22
Giving Users Access to the User Options Web Pages 5-22
Specifying Options that Appear on the User Options Web Pages
Configuring the Phone to Support Call Waiting
CHAPTER
6
5-18
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
5-24
5-25
6-1
Customizing and Modifying Configuration Files
6-1
Creating Custom Phone Rings 6-2
DistinctiveRingList File Format Requirements 6-2
PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types 6-3
Configuring a Custom Phone Ring 6-3
Configuring the Idle Display
6-4
Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Backlight
CHAPTER
7
6-4
Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Model Information Screen
7-1
7-1
Status Menu 7-2
Status Messages Screen 7-2
Network Statistics Screen 7-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
v
Contents
Call Statistics Screen 7-8
Security Configuration 7-10
CHAPTER
8
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Accessing the Web Page for a Phone
8-2
Disabling and Enabling Web Page Access
Device Information
Network Setup
9
8-3
8-7
8-9
Streaming Statistics
CHAPTER
8-3
8-4
Network Statistics
Device Logs
8-1
8-9
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
9-1
Resolving Startup Problems 9-1
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Go Through its Normal Startup Process 9-2
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Register with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 9-2
Symptom: Cisco Unified IP Phone Unable to Obtain IP Address 9-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly 9-6
Verifying the Physical Connection 9-6
Identifying Intermittent Network Outages 9-6
Verifying DHCP Settings 9-6
Checking Static IP Address Settings 9-7
Verifying the Voice VLAN Configuration 9-7
Verifying that the Phones Have Not Been Intentionally Reset
Eliminating DNS or Other Connectivity Errors 9-7
Checking Power Connection 9-8
Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security
General Troubleshooting Tips
9-8
9-9
Resetting or Restoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Performing a Basic Reset 9-12
Performing a Factory Reset 9-12
Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls
Troubleshooting Tips 9-14
Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone
9-12
9-13
Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information
vi
9-7
9-15
9-15
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Contents
APPENDIX
A
Providing Information to Users Via a Website
A-1
How Users Obtain Support for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Giving Users Access to the User Options Web Pages
A-1
A-1
How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features
How Users Access a Voice Messaging System
A-2
A-2
How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries A-3
Installing and Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer
APPENDIX
B
Supporting International Users
B-1
Installing the Cisco Unified CM Locale Installer
Support for International Call Logging
APPENDIX
C
Technical Specifications
B-1
B-1
C-1
Physical and Operating Environment Specifications
Cable Specifications
D
C-1
C-2
Network and Access Port Pinouts
APPENDIX
Basic Phone Administration Steps
C-2
D-1
Example User Information for these Procedures
D-1
Adding a User to Cisco Unified CM D-2
Adding a User From an External LDAP Directory D-2
Adding a User Directly to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Configuring the Phone
E
E-1
E-2
Installing the Bracket
F
D-6
Installing the Wall Mount Kit for the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
Before You Begin
APPENDIX
D-2
D-3
Performing Final End User Configuration Steps
APPENDIX
A-3
E-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount
F-1
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series F-1
Components F-2
Before You Begin F-3
Install Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for Phone F-3
Remove Phone from Non-Lockable Wall Mount F-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
vii
Contents
APPENDIX
G
Feature Support by Protocol for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
G-1
INDEX
viii
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Preface
Overview
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified
Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP) provides the information you need to understand, install,
configure, manage, and troubleshoot the phones on a Voice-over-IP (VoIP) network.
Because of the complexity of an IP telephony network, this guide does not provide complete and detailed
information for procedures that you need to perform in Cisco Unified Communications Manager (Cisco
Unified CM) or other network devices. See the “Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining Support, and
Security Guidelines” section on page xi.
Audience
Network engineers, system administrators, or telecom engineers should review this guide to learn the
steps required to properly set up the Cisco Unified IP Phone on the network.
The tasks described are administration-level tasks and are not intended for end-users of the phones.
Many of the tasks involve configuring network settings and affect the phone’s ability to function in the
network.
Because of the close interaction between the Cisco Unified IP Phone and Cisco Unified CM, many of
the tasks in this manual require familiarity with Cisco Unified CM.
Organization
This manual is organized as follows.
Chapter
Description
Chapter 1, “An Overview of the Cisco
Unified IP Phone”
Provides a conceptual overview and description of the Cisco
Unified IP Phone.
Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Describes how the Cisco Unified IP Phone interacts with other key
Phone on Your Network”
IP telephony components, and provides an overview of the tasks
required prior to installation.
Chapter 3, “Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone”
Describes how to install and configure the Cisco Unified IP Phone
on your network properly and safely.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
ix
Chapter 4, “Configuring Settings on the Cisco
Unified IP Phone”
Describes how to configure network settings, verify status, and make
global changes to the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Chapter 5, “Configuring Features, Templates,
Services, and Users”
Provides an overview of procedures for configuring telephony
features, configuring directories, configuring phone button and
softkey templates, setting up services, and adding users to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager.
Chapter 6, “Customizing the Cisco
Unified IP Phone”
Explains how to customize phone ring sounds and the phone idle
display at your site.
Chapter 7, “Viewing Model Information, Status, and Explains how to view model information, status messages, network
Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone”
statistics, and firmware information from the Cisco Unified
IP Phone.
Chapter 8, “Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Remotely”
Describes the information that you can obtain from the phone’s web
page to remotely monitor the operation of a phone and to assist with
troubleshooting.
Chapter 9, “Troubleshooting and Maintenance”
Provides tips for troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phone and the
Cisco Unified IP Phone Expansion Modules.
Appendix A, “Providing Information to Users Via a
Website”
Provides suggestions for setting up a website for providing users
with important information about their Cisco Unified IP Phones.
Appendix B, “Supporting International Users”
Provides information about setting up phones in non–English
environments.
Appendix C, “Technical Specifications”
Provides technical specifications of the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Appendix D, “Basic Phone Administration Steps”
Provides procedures for basic administration tasks such as adding a
user and phone to Cisco Unified CM and then associating the user to
the phone.
Appendix E, “Installing the Wall Mount Kit for the
Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and
6961”
Contains instructions for installing the wall mount for the
Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Appendix F, “Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Contains instructions for installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Wall Mount”
Non-Lockable Wall Mount
Appendix G, “Feature Support by Protocol for the
Provides information about feature support for the Cisco Unified IP
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961” Phone.
Related Documentation
For more information about Cisco Unified IP Phones or Cisco Unified CM, refer to the
following publications.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6900 Series
These publications are available at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10326/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
x
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
•
Quick Start Guide for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921
•
Quick Start Guide for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6941 for Administrative Assistants
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
•
Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
Related publications are available at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/voicesw/ps556/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Business Edition
Related publications are available at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps7273/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining Support, and Security
Guidelines
For information on obtaining documentation, obtaining support, providing documentation feedback,
security guidelines, and also recommended aliases and general Cisco documents, see the monthly What’s
New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and revised Cisco technical
documentation, at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html
Cisco Product Security Overview
This product contains cryptographic features and is subject to United States and local country laws
governing import, export, transfer and use. Delivery of Cisco cryptographic products does not imply
third-party authority to import, export, distribute or use encryption. Importers, exporters, distributors
and users are responsible for compliance with U.S. and local country laws. By using this product you
agree to comply with applicable laws and regulations. If you are unable to comply with U.S. and local
laws, return this product immediately.
Further information regarding U.S. export regulations may be found at
http://www.access.gpo.gov/bis/ear/ear_data.html.
Document Conventions
This document uses the following conventions:
Convention
Description
boldface font
Commands and keywords are in boldface.
italic font
Arguments for which you supply values are in italics.
[ ]
Elements in square brackets are optional.
{x|y|z}
Alternative keywords are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars.
[x|y|z]
Optional alternative keywords are grouped in brackets and separated by
vertical bars.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
xi
Convention
Description
string
A nonquoted set of characters. Do not use quotation marks around the string
or the string will include the quotation marks.
screen
font
boldface screen
Note
Caution
Terminal sessions and information the system displays are in screen font.
font
Information you must enter is in boldface screen font.
italic screen font
Arguments for which you supply values are in italic screen font.
^
The symbol ^ represents the key labeled Control—for example, the key
combination ^D in a screen display means hold down the Control key while
you press the D key.
< >
Nonprinting characters, such as passwords are in angle brackets.
Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the
publication.
Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in equipment
damage or loss of data.
Warnings use the following convention:
Warning
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause
bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards
involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for
preventing accidents. Use the statement number provided at the end of each
warning to locate its translation in the translated safety warnings that
accompanied this device. Statement 1071
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
xii
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
CH A P T E R
1
An Overview of the Cisco Unified IP Phone
The Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 provide voice communication over an IP
network. The Cisco Unified IP Phone functions much like a digital business phone, allowing you to
place and receive phone calls and to access features such as mute, hold, transfer, speed dial, call forward,
and more. In addition, because the phone is connected to your data network, it offers enhanced IP
telephony features, including access to network information and services, and customizeable features
and services.
A Cisco Unified IP Phone, like other network devices, must be configured and managed. These
phones encode G.711a, G.711µ, G.729, G.729a, G.729ab, iLBC, and decode G.711a, G.711µ, G.729,
G.729a, G.729ab, and iLBC.
This chapter includes the following topics:
Caution
•
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961, page 1-2
•
What Networking Protocols are Used?, page 1-9
•
What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961?, page 1-12
•
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones, page 1-22
•
Terminology Differences, page 1-29
Using a cell, mobile, or GSM phone, or two-way radio in close proximity to a Cisco Unified IP Phone
may cause interference. For more information, refer to the manufacturer’s documentation of the
interfering device.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-1
Chapter
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and
6961
Figure 1-1 shows the main components of the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921.
Figure 1-1
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921
1
2
17
3
16
4
15
5
14
6
7
1
/.@
2
ABC
DEF
3
1
6
2
8
4
13
GHI
7
PQRS
5
JKL
8
TUV
MNO
9
9
WXYZ
0
192525
10
12
11
Table 1-1 describes the buttons on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921.
Table 1-1
1-2
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921
1
Handset light strip Indicates an incoming call (flashing red) or new voice message (steady red).
2
Phone screen
Shows information about your phone such as directory number, active call
and line status, softkey options, speed dials, placed calls, and phone menu
listings.
3
Softkey buttons
Enables softkey options displayed on the phone screen.
4
Transfer button
Transfers a call.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
Table 1-1
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921 (continued)
5
Conference button Creates a conference call.
6
Hold button
7
Navigation bar and The Navigation bar allows you to scroll through menus and highlight items.
Select button
When phone is on-hook, displays phone numbers from your Placed Call
listings (up arrow) or your speed dials (down arrow).
Places an active call on hold.
The Select button (in the middle of the Navigation bar) allows you to select
a highlighted item.
8
Line 1 and Line 2
buttons
1
2
Line 1 selects the primary phone line. Phone lines (line buttons).
Depending on the settings, Line 2 may provide access to:
•
Secondary phone line
•
Speed-dial numbers (speed-dial buttons)
•
Web-based services (for example, a Personal Address Book button)
Buttons illuminate to indicate status:
9
Headset button
•
Green, steady—Active call
•
Green, flashing—Held call
•
Amber, flashing—Incoming call or reverting call
•
Red, steady—Remote line in use (shared line)
•
Red, flashing—Remote line on hold
Toggles the headset on or off. When the headset is on, the button is lit.
10 Speakerphone
button
Toggles the speakerphone on or off. When the speakerphone is on, the button
is lit.
11 Keypad
Allows you to dial phone numbers, enter letters, and choose menu items.
12 Mute button
Toggles the microphone on or off. When the microphone is muted, the button
is lit.
13 Volume button
Controls the handset, headset, and speakerphone volume (off-hook) and the
ringer volume (on-hook).
14 Messages button
Auto-dials your voicemail (varies by system).
15 Applications
button
Opens/closes the Applications menu. Use it to access call history, user
preferences, phone settings, administration settings, and phone information.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-3
Chapter
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
Table 1-1
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921 (continued)
16 Contacts button
Opens/closes the Directories and the Subscribed phone services menus. Use
it to access personal and corporate directories.
17 Handset
Phone handset.
Figure 1-2 shows the main components of the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6941 and 6945.
Figure 1-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6941 and 6945
1
2
3
17
4
16
5
15
6
14
7
8
13
9
192526
10
12
11
Table 1-2 describes the buttons on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6941 and 6945.
Table 1-2
1-4
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6941 and 6945
1
Handset light strip Indicates an incoming call (flashing red) or new voice message (steady red).
2
Phone screen
Shows information about your phone such as directory number, active call
and line status, softkey options, speed dials, placed calls, and phone menu
listings.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
Table 1-2
3
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6941 and 6945
Programmable
feature buttons
Depending on the configuration, programmable feature buttons provide
access to:
•
Phone lines and intercom lines
•
Speed-dial numbers (speed-dial buttons, including the line status
speed-dial features)
•
Web-based services (for example, a Personal Address Book button)
•
Call features (for example, a Privacy button)
Buttons illuminate to indicate status:
•
Green, steady—Active call or two-way intercom call
•
Green, flashing—Held call
•
Amber, steady—Privacy in use, one-way intercom call, DND active, or
logged into Hunt Group
•
Amber, flashing—Incoming call or reverting call
•
Red, steady—Remote line in use (shared line or line status)
•
Red, flashing—Remote line on hold
4
Softkey buttons
Enables softkey options displayed on the phone screen.
5
Transfer button
Transfers a call.
6
Conference button Creates a conference call.
7
Hold button
Places an active call on hold.
8
Navigation bar and
Select button
The Navigation bar allows you to scroll through menus and highlight items.
When phone is on-hook, displays phone numbers from your Placed Call
listings (up arrow) or your speed dials (down arrow).
The Select button (in the middle of the Navigation bar) allows you to select
a highlighted item.
9
Headset button
Toggles the headset on or off. When the headset is on, the button is lit.
10 Speakerphone
button
Toggles the speakerphone on or off. When the speakerphone is on, the button
is lit.
11 Keypad
Allows you to dial phone numbers, enter letters, and choose menu items (by
entering the item number).
12 Mute button
Toggles the microphone on or off. When the microphone is muted, the button
is lit.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-5
Chapter
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
Table 1-2
1-6
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6941 and 6945
13 Volume button
Controls the handset, headset, and speakerphone volume (off-hook) and the
ringer volume (on-hook).
14 Messages button
Auto-dials your voice message service (varies by service).
15 Applications
button
Opens/closes the Applications menu. Use it to access call history, user
preferences, phone settings, administration settings, and phone information.
16 Contacts button
Opens/closes the Directories menu. Use it to access personal and corporate
directories.
17 Handset
Phone handset.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
Figure 1-3 shows the main components of the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6961.
Figure 1-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6961
1
2
17
3
16
4
15
5
14
6
7
1
/.@
4
13
GHI
7
PQRS
2
ABC
5
JKL
8
TUV
8
3
DEF
6
MNO
9
9
WXYZ
0
192527
10
12
11
Table 1-3 describes the buttons on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6961.
Table 1-3
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6961
1
Handset light strip Indicates an incoming call (flashing red) or new voice message (steady red).
2
Phone screen
Shows information about your phone such as directory number, active call
and line status, softkey options, speed dials, placed calls, and phone menu
listings.
3
Softkey buttons
Enables softkey options displayed on the phone screen.
4
Transfer button
Transfers a call.
5
Conference button Creates a conference call.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-7
Chapter
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
Table 1-3
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6961
6
Hold button
7
Navigation bar and The Navigation bar allows you to scroll through menus and highlight items.
select button
When phone is on-hook, displays phone numbers from your Placed Call
listings (up arrow) or your speed dials (down arrow).
Places an active call on hold.
The Select button allows you to select a highlighted item.
8
Programmable
feature buttons
Depending on the configuration, programmable feature buttons provide
access to:
•
Phone lines and intercom lines
•
Speed-dial numbers (speed-dial buttons, including the line status
speed-dial features)
•
Web-based services (For example, a Personal Address Book button)
•
Call features (For example, a Privacy button)
Buttons illuminate to indicate status:
9
1-8
Headset button
•
Green, steady—Active call or two-way intercom call
•
Green, flashing—Held call
•
Amber, steady—Privacy in use, one-way intercom call, DND active, or
logged into Hunt Group
•
Amber, flashing—Incoming call or reverting call
•
Red, steady—Remote line in use (shared line or line status)
•
Red, flashing—Remote line on hold
Toggles the headset on or off. When the headset is on, the button is lit.
10 Speakerphone
button
Toggles the speakerphone on or off. When the speakerphone is on, the button
is lit.
11 Keypad
Allows you to dial phone numbers, enter letters, and choose menu items (by
entering the item number).
12 Mute button
Toggles the microphone on or off. When the microphone is muted, the button
is lit.
13 Volume button
Controls the handset, headset, and speakerphone volume (off-hook) and the
ringer volume (on-hook).
14 Messages button
Auto-dials your voice messaging system (varies by system).
15 Applications
button
Opens/closes the Applications menu. Use it to access call history, user
preferences, phone settings, administration settings, and phone information.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
What Networking Protocols are Used?
Table 1-3
Features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6961
16 Contacts button
Opens/closes the Directories menu. Use it to access personal and corporate
directories.
17 HandSet
Phone handset.
What Networking Protocols are Used?
Cisco Unified IP Phones support several industry-standard and Cisco networking protocols required for
voice communication. Table 1-4 provides an overview of the networking protocols that the Cisco
Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 support.
Table 1-4
Supported Networking Protocols on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Networking Protocol
Purpose
Usage Notes
Bootstrap Protocol
(BootP)
BootP enables a network device such as
the Cisco Unified IP Phone to discover
certain startup information, such as its IP
address.
—
Cisco Audio Session
Tunneling (CAST)
The CAST protocol allows IP phones and —
associated applications behind the phone
to discover and communicate with the
remote endpoints without requiring
changes to the traditional signaling
components like Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (Cisco Unified
CM) and gateways. The Cast protocol
allows separate hardware devices to
synchronize related media and it allows
PC applications to augment non Video
capable phones to become video enabled
by using the PC as the video resource.
Cisco Discovery Protocol
(CDP)
CDP is a device-discovery protocol that
runs on all Cisco-manufactured
equipment.
Using CDP, a device can advertise its
existence to other devices and receive
information about other devices in the
network.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone uses CDP to
communicate information such as auxiliary VLAN ID,
per port power management details, and Quality of
Service (QoS) configuration information with the
Cisco Catalyst switch.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-9
Chapter
What Networking Protocols are Used?
Table 1-4
Supported Networking Protocols on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Networking Protocol
Purpose
Usage Notes
Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol
(DHCP)
DHCP dynamically allocates and assigns
an IP address to network devices.
DHCP is enabled by default. If disabled, you must
manually configure the IP address, subnet mask,
gateway, and a TFTP server on each phone locally.
DHCP enables you to connect an IP phone
into the network and have the phone
become operational without your needing
to manually assign an IP address or to
configure additional network parameters.
Cisco recommends that you use DHCP custom
option 150. With this method, you configure the
TFTP server IP address as the option value. For
additional supported DHCP configurations, go to
the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol chapter
and the Cisco TFTP chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager System Guide.
Note
If you cannot use option 150, you may try
using DHCP option 66.
Hypertext Transfer
Protocol (HTTP)
HTTP is the standard way of transferring Cisco Unified IP Phones use HTTP for the XML
information and moving documents across services and for troubleshooting purposes.
the Internet and the web.
IEEE 802.1X
The IEEE 802.1X standard defines a
client-server-based access control and
authentication protocol that restricts
unauthorized clients from connecting to a
LAN through publicly accessible ports.
Until the client is authenticated, 802.1X
access control allows only Extensible
Authentication Protocol over LAN
(EAPOL) traffic through the port to which
the client is connected. After
authentication is successful, normal traffic
can pass through the port.
Internet Protocol (IP)
IP is a messaging protocol that addresses
and sends packets across the network.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone implements the IEEE
802.1X standard by providing support for the
following authentication methods: EAP-FAST,
EAP-TLS, and EAP-MD5.
When 802.1X authentication is enabled on the
phone, you should disable the PC port and voice
VLAN. Refer to the “Supporting 802.1X
Authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones” section
on page 1-21 for additional information.
To communicate using IP, network devices must
have an assigned IP address, subnet, and gateway.
IP addresses, subnets, and gateways identifications
are automatically assigned if you are using the
Cisco Unified IP Phone with Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP). If you are not
using DHCP, you must manually assign these
properties to each phone locally.
Link Layer Discovery
Protocol (LLDP)
1-10
LLDP is a standardized network discovery The Cisco Unified IP Phone supports LLDP on the
protocol (similar to CDP) that is supported PC port.
on some Cisco and third-party devices.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
What Networking Protocols are Used?
Table 1-4
Supported Networking Protocols on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Networking Protocol
Purpose
Usage Notes
Link Layer Discovery
Protocol-Media Endpoint
Devices (LLDP-MED)
LLDP-MED is an extension of the LLDP
standard developed for voice products.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone supports LLDP-MED
on the SW port to communicate information such as:
•
Voice VLAN configuration
•
Device discovery
•
Power management
•
Inventory management
For more information about LLDP-MED support,
see the LLDP-MED and Cisco Discovery Protocol
white paper:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk652/tk701/tech
nologies_white_paper0900aecd804cd46d.shtml
Real-Time Transport
Protocol (RTP)
RTP is a standard protocol for transporting Cisco Unified IP Phones use the RTP protocol to
real-time data, such as interactive voice
send and receive real-time voice traffic from other
and video, over data networks.
phones and gateways.
Real-Time Control
Protocol (RTCP)
RTCP works in conjunction with RTP to
provide QoS data (such as jitter, latency,
and round trip delay) on RTP streams.
Session Initiation Protocol SIP is the Internet Engineering Task Force
(SIP)
(IETF) standard for multimedia
conferencing over IP. SIP is an
ASCII-based application-layer control
protocol (defined in RFC 3261) that can be
used to establish, maintain, and terminate
calls between two or more endpoints.
RTCP is disabled by default, but you can enable it
on a per phone basis by using Cisco Unified CM.
Like other VoIP protocols, SIP is designed to
address the functions of signaling and session
management within a packet telephony network.
Signaling allows call information to be carried
across network boundaries. Session management
provides the ability to control the attributes of an
end-to-end call.
You can configure the Cisco Unified IP Phone to use
either SIP or Skinny Client Control Protocol
(SCCP). Cisco Unified IP Phones do not support the
SIP protocol when the phones are operating in IPv6
address mode.
Skinny Client Control
Protocol (SCCP)
SCCP includes a messaging set that allows Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
use SCCP, version 20 for call control.
communications between call control
servers and endpoint clients such as
IP Phones. SCCP is proprietary to Cisco
Systems.
Secure Real-Time
Transfer protocol (SRTP)
Cisco Unified IP Phones use SRTP for media
SRTP is an extension of the Real-Time
Protocol (RTP) Audio/Video Profile and encryption.
ensures the integrity of RTP and
Real-Time Control Protocol (RTCP)
packets providing authentication,
integrity, and encryption of media packets
between two endpoints.
Transmission Control
Protocol (TCP)
TCP is a connection-oriented transport
protocol.
Cisco Unified IP Phones use TCP to connect to
Cisco Unified CM and to access XML services.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-11
Chapter
What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961?
Table 1-4
Supported Networking Protocols on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Networking Protocol
Purpose
Usage Notes
Transport Layer Security
(TLS)
TLS is a standard protocol for securing
and authenticating communications.
When security is implemented, Cisco
Unified IP Phones use the TLS protocol when
securely registering with Cisco Unified CM.
For more information, refer to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Security Guide.
TFTP allows you to transfer files over the TFTP requires a TFTP server in your network,
which can be automatically identified from the
network.
DHCP server. If you want a phone to use a TFTP
On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, TFTP
server other than the one specified by the DHCP
enables you to obtain a configuration file
server, you must manually assign the IP address of
specific to the phone type.
the TFTP server by using the Network Setup menu
on the phone.
Trivial File Transfer
Protocol (TFTP)
For more information, go to the Cisco TFTP chapter
in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide.
User Datagram Protocol
(UDP)
UDP is a connectionless messaging
protocol for delivery of data packets.
Cisco Unified IP Phones transmit and receive RTP
streams, which utilize UDP.
Related Topics
•
Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP Telephony Products, page 2-1
•
Understanding the Phone Startup Process, page 2-7
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4
What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961?
Cisco Unified IP Phones function much like a digital business phone, allowing you to place and receive
phone calls. In addition to traditional telephony features, the Cisco Unified IP Phone includes features
that enable you to administer and monitor the phone as a network device.
This section includes the following topics:
1-12
•
Feature Overview, page 1-13
•
Configuring Telephony Features, page 1-13
•
Configuring Network Parameters Using the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 1-14
•
Providing Users with Feature Information, page 1-14
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
What Features are Supported on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961?
Feature Overview
Cisco Unified IP Phones provide traditional telephony functionality, such as call forwarding and
transferring, redialing, speed dialing, conference calling, and voice messaging system access.
Cisco Unified IP phones also provide a variety of other features. For an overview of the telephony
features that the Cisco Unified IP Phone supports and for tips on configuring them, see the “Telephony
Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 5-1.
As with other network devices, you must configure Cisco Unified IP Phones to prepare them to access
Cisco Unified CM and the rest of the IP network. By using DHCP, you have fewer settings to configure
on a phone, but if your network requires it, you can manually configure an IP address, TFTP server,
subnet information, and so on. For instructions on configuring the network settings on the Cisco Unified
IP Phones, see Chapter 4, “Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.”
Cisco Unified IP Phones can interact with other services and devices on your IP network to provide
enhanced functionality. For example, you can integrate Cisco Unified CM with the corporate
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol 3 (LDAP3) standard directory to enable users to search for
co-worker contact information directly from their IP phones. You can also use XML to enable users to
access information such as weather, stocks, quote of the day, and other web-based information. For
information about configuring such services, see the “Join and Direct Transfer Policy” section on
page 5-15 and the “Setting Up Services” section on page 5-21.
Finally, because the Cisco Unified IP Phone is a network device, you can obtain detailed status
information from it directly. This information can assist you with troubleshooting any problems users
might encounter when using their IP phones. See Chapter 7, “Viewing Model Information, Status, and
Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone,” for more information.
Related Topics
•
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 4-1
•
Configuring Features, Templates, Services, and Users, page 5-1
•
Troubleshooting and Maintenance, page 9-1
Configuring Telephony Features
You can modify additional settings for the Cisco Unified IP Phone from Cisco Unified CM
Administration. Use Cisco Unified CM Administration to set up phone registration criteria and calling
search spaces, to configure corporate directories and services, and to modify phone button templates,
among other tasks. See the “Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on
page 5-1 and the Cisco Unified CM documentation for additional information.
For more information about Cisco Unified CM Administration, refer to Cisco Unified CM
documentation, including Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide. You can also
use the context-sensitive help available within the application for guidance.
You can access Cisco Unified CM documentation at this location:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/voicesw/ps556/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
You can access Cisco Unified Communications Manager Business Edition documentation at
this location:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps7273/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
Related Topic
•
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 5-1
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-13
Chapter
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Configuring Network Parameters Using the Cisco Unified IP Phone
You can configure parameters such as DHCP, TFTP, and IP settings on the phone itself. You can also
obtain statistics about a current call or firmware versions on the phone.
For more information about configuring features and viewing statistics from the phone, see Chapter 4,
“Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone” and see Chapter 7, “Viewing Model Information,
Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.”
Providing Users with Feature Information
If you are a system administrator, you are likely the primary source of information for Cisco Unified IP
Phone users in your network or company. To ensure that you distribute the most current feature and
procedural information, familiarize yourself with Cisco Unified IP Phone documentation on the
Cisco Unified IP Phone web site:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10326/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
From this site, you can view various user documentation.
In addition to providing documentation, it is important to inform users of available Cisco Unified IP
Phone features—including those specific to your company or network—and of how to access and
customize those features, if appropriate.
For a summary of some of the key information that phone users need their system administrators to
provide, see Appendix A, “Providing Information to Users Via a Website.”
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Implementing security in the Cisco Unified CM system prevents identity theft of the phone and
Cisco Unified CM server, prevents data tampering, and prevents call signaling and media stream
tampering.
To alleviate these threats, the Cisco IP telephony network establishes and maintains secure
communication streams between a phone and the server, digitally signs files before they are transferred
to a phone, and encrypts media streams and call signaling between Cisco Unified IP phones.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 use the Phone security profile, which defines whether
the device is nonsecure or encrypted. For information on applying the security profile to the phone, refer
to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
If you configure security-related settings in Cisco Unified CM Administration, the phone configuration
file will contain sensitive information. To ensure the privacy of a configuration file, you must configure
it for encryption. For detailed information, refer to the “Configuring Encrypted Phone Configuration
Files” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
Table 1-5 shows where you can find additional information about security in this and other documents.
1-14
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone and Cisco Unified CM Security Topics
Topic
Reference
Detailed explanation of security, including set
up, configuration, and troubleshooting
information for Cisco Unified CM and Cisco
Unified IP Phones
Refer to the Troubleshooting Guide for Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
Security features supported on the Cisco Unified See the “Overview of Supported Security Features” section on page 1-16
IP Phone
Restrictions regarding security features
See the “Security Restrictions” section on page 1-22
Viewing a security profile name
See the “Understanding Security Profiles” section on page 1-18
Identifying phone calls for which security is
implemented
See the “Identifying Encrypted Phone Calls” section on page 1-18
TLS connection
•
See the “What Networking Protocols are Used?” section on page 1-9
•
See the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database” section on
page 2-8
Security and the phone startup process
See the “Understanding the Phone Startup Process” section on page 2-7
Security and phone configuration files
See the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database” section on
page 2-8
Changing the TFTP Server 1 or TFTP Server 2
option on the phone when security is
implemented
See Table 4-2, in the “Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4
Items on the Security Configuration menu that See the “Security Configuration Menu” section on page 4-9
you access from the Device Configuration menu
on the phone
Items on the Security Configuration menu that See the “Security Configuration Menu” section on page 4-9
you access from the Settings menu on the phone
Applying a password to the phone so that no
changes can be made to the administrative
options
See the “Unlocking and Locking Options” section on page 4-3
Disabling access to a phone’s web pages
See the “Disabling and Enabling Web Page Access” section on page 8-3
Troubleshooting
Deleting the CTL file from the phone
•
See the “Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security” section on
page 9-8
•
Refer to the Troubleshooting Guide for Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
See the “Resetting or Restoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on
page 9-12
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-15
Chapter
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone and Cisco Unified CM Security Topics (continued)
Topic
Reference
Resetting or restoring the phone
See the “Resetting or Restoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on
page 9-12
802.1X Authentication for Cisco Unified IP
Phones
See these sections:
•
“Supporting 802.1X Authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones”
section on page 1-21
•
“Security Configuration Menu” section on page 4-9
•
“Status Menu” section on page 7-2
•
“Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security” section on
page 9-8
All Cisco Unified IP Phones that support Cisco Unified CM use a security profile, which defines whether
the phone is nonsecure or secure.
For information about configuring the security profile and applying the profile to the phone, refer to
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
Overview of Supported Security Features
Table 1-6 provides an overview of the security features that the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and
6961 support. For more information about these features and about Cisco Unified CM and
Cisco Unified IP Phone security, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
For information about current security settings on a phone, choose Applications > Admin Settings >
Security Setup. For more information, see the “Security Configuration Menu” section on page 4-9.
Note
Table 1-6
Most security features are available only if a certificate trust list (CTL) is installed on the phone. For
more information about the CTL, refer to “Configuring the Cisco CTL Client” chapter in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Security Guide.
Overview of Security Features
Feature
Description
Image authentication
Signed binary files (with the extension .sgn) prevent tampering with the
firmware image before it is loaded on a phone. Tampering with the image causes
a phone to fail the authentication process and reject the new image.
Customer-site certificate installation
Each Cisco Unified IP Phone requires a unique certificate for device
authentication. Phones include a manufacturing installed certificate (MIC), but
for additional security, you can specify in Cisco Unified CM Administration that
a certificate be installed by using the Certificate Authority Proxy Function
(CAPF). Alternatively, you can install a Locally Significant Certificate (LSC)
from the Security Configuration menu on the phone. See the “Configuring
Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 3-15 for more
information.
1-16
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-6
Overview of Security Features (continued)
Feature
Description
Device authentication
Occurs between the Cisco Unified CM server and the phone when each entity
accepts the certificate of the other entity. Determines whether a secure
connection between the phone and a Cisco Unified CM should occur; and, if
necessary, creates a secure signaling path between the entities by using TLS
protocol. Cisco Unified CM will not register phones unless they can be
authenticated by the Cisco Unified CM.
File authentication
Validates digitally signed files that the phone downloads. The phone validates
the signature to make sure that file tampering did not occur after the file creation.
Files that fail authentication are not written to Flash memory on the phone. The
phone rejects such files without further processing.
Signaling Authentication
Uses the TLS protocol to validate that no tampering has occurred to signaling
packets during transmission.
Manufacturing installed certificate
Each Cisco Unified IP Phone contains a unique manufacturing installed
certificate (MIC), which is used for device authentication. The MIC is a
permanent unique proof of identity for the phone, and allows Cisco Unified CM
to authenticate the phone.
Secure SRST reference
After you configure a SRST reference for security and then reset the dependent
devices in Cisco Unified CM Administration, the TFTP server adds the SRST
certificate to the phone cnf.xml file and sends the file to the phone. A secure
phone then uses a TLS connection to interact with the SRST-enabled router.
Media encryption
Uses SRTP to ensure that the media streams between supported devices proves
secure and that only the intended device receives and reads the data. Includes
creating a media master key pair for the devices, delivering the keys to the
devices, and securing the delivery of the keys while the keys are in transport.
Signaling encryption
Ensures that all SCCP signaling messages that are sent between the device and
the Cisco Unified CM server are encrypted.
CAPF (Certificate Authority Proxy
Function)
Implements parts of the certificate generation procedure that are too
processing-intensive for the phone, and interacts with the phone for key
generation and certificate installation. The CAPF can be configured to request
certificates from customer-specified certificate authorities on behalf of the
phone, or it can be configured to generate certificates locally.
Security profiles
Defines whether the phone is nonsecure or encrypted. See the “Understanding
Security Profiles” section on page 1-18 for more information.
Encrypted configuration files
Lets you ensure the privacy of phone configuration files.
Optional disabling of the web server
functionality for a phone
You can prevent access to a phone’s web page, which displays a variety of
operational statistics for the phone. See the “Disabling and Enabling Web Page
Access” section on page 8-3.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-17
Chapter
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-6
Overview of Security Features (continued)
Feature
Description
Phone hardening
Additional security options, which you control from Cisco Unified CM
Administration:
•
Disabling PC port
•
Disabling PC Voice VLAN access
•
Disabling access to web pages for a phone
Note
802.1X Authentication
You can view current settings for the PC Port Disabled, GARP Enabled,
and Voice VLAN enabled options by looking at the phone’s Security
Configuration menu. For more information, see the “Security
Configuration Menu” section on page 4-9.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone can use 802.1X authentication to request and gain
access to the network. See the “Supporting 802.1X Authentication on Cisco
Unified IP Phones” section on page 1-21 for more information.
Related Topics
•
Understanding Security Profiles, page 1-18
•
Identifying Encrypted Phone Calls, page 1-18
•
Security Restrictions, page 1-22
Understanding Security Profiles
All Cisco Unified IP Phones that support Cisco Unified CM use a security profile, which defines
whether the phone is nonsecure or encrypted. For information about configuring the security profile and
applying the profile to the phone, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
To view the security mode that is set for the phone, look at the Security Mode setting in the Security
Configuration menu. For more information, see the “Security Configuration Menu” section on page 4-9.
Related Topics
•
Identifying Encrypted Phone Calls, page 1-18
•
Security Restrictions, page 1-22
Identifying Encrypted Phone Calls
When security is implemented for a phone, you can identify encrypted phone calls by icons on the screen
on the phone. You can also determine if the connected phone is secure and protected if a security tone
plays at the beginning of the call.
In a secure call, all call signaling and media streams are encrypted. An encrypted call offers a high level
of security, providing integrity and privacy to the call. When a call in progress is being encrypted, the
call progress icon to the right of the call duration timer in the phone LCD screen changes to the lock
icon:
.
If the call is routed through non-IP call legs, for example, PSTN, the call may be nonsecure even though
it is encrypted within the IP network and has a lock icon associated with it.
1-18
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
In a secure call, a security tone plays at the beginning of a call to indicate that the other connected phone
is also receiving and transmitting encrypted audio and video (if video is involved). If your call is
connected to a non-protected phone, the security tone does not play.
Note
Secured calling is supported for connections between two phones only. Some features, such as
conference calling, shared lines, Cisco Extension Mobility, and Join Across Lines are not available when
secured calling is configured.
Related Topic
•
Understanding Security Profiles, page 1-18
•
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones, page 1-14
•
Security Restrictions, page 1-22
Establishing and Identifying Secure Conference Calls
You can initiate a secure conference call and monitor the security level of participants. A secure
conference call is established using this process:
Note
1.
A user initiates the conference from a secure phone.
2.
Cisco Unified CM assigns a secure conference bridge to the call.
3.
As participants are added, Cisco Unified CM verifies the security mode of each phone and maintains
the secure level for the conference.
4.
The phone displays the security level of the conference call. A secure conference displays the
to the right of “Conference” on the phone screen.
There are interactions, restrictions, and limitations that affect the security level of the conference call
depending on the security mode of the participant’s phones and the availability of secure conference
bridges. See Table 1-7 and Table 1-8 for information about these interactions.
Establishing and Identifying Protected Calls
A protected call is established when your phone, and the phone on the other end, is configured for
protected calling. The other phone can be in the same Cisco IP network, or on a network outside the IP
network. Protected calls can only be made between two phones. Conference calls and other multiple-line
calls are not supported.
A protected call is established using this process:
1.
A user initiates the call from a protected phone (protected security mode).
2.
The phone displays the
icon (encrypted) on the phone screen. This icon indicates that the phone
is configured for secure (encrypted) calls, but this does not mean that the other connected phone is
also protected.
3.
A security tone plays if the call is connected to another protected phone, indicating that both ends
of the conversation are encrypted and protected. If the call is connected to a non-protected phone,
then the secure tone is not played.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-19
Chapter
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Note
Protected calling is supported for conversations between two phones. Some features, such as conference
calling, shared lines, Cisco Extension Mobility, and Join Across Lines are not available when protected
calling is configured.
Call Security Interactions and Restrictions
Cisco Unified CM checks the phone security status when conferences are established and changes the
security indication for the conference or blocks the completion of the call to maintain integrity and also
security in the system. Table 1-7 provides information about changes to call security levels when
using Barge.
Table 1-7
Call Security Interactions When Using Barge
Initiator’s Phone
Security Level
Feature Used
Call Security Level
Results of Action
Non-secure
cBarge
Encrypted call
Call barged and identified as nonsecure call
Secure
cBarge
Secure call
Call barged and identified as Secure call
Table 1-8 provides information about changes to conference security levels depending on the initiator’s
phone security level, the security levels of participants, and the availability of secure conference bridges.
Table 1-8
Security Restrictions with Conference Calls
Initiator’s Phone
Security Level
Feature Used
Security Level of Participants
Results of Action
Non-secure
Conference
Encrypted
Nonsecure conference bridge
Nonsecure conference
Secure
Secure
Conference
Conference
At least one member is
non-secure
Secure conference bridge
All participants are encrypted
Secure conference bridge
Nonsecure conference
Secure encrypted level
conference
Secure
Join
Encrypted
Secure conference bridge
Conference remains secure
Non-secure
cBarge
All participants are encrypted
Secure conference bridge
Conference changes to
non-secure
Non-secure
MeetMe
Minimum security level is
encrypted
Only non-secure conference
bridge is available and used
Non-secure conference
Secure
MeetMe
Minimum security level is
nonsecure
Only secure conference bridge
available and used
Conference accepts all calls
1-20
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones
Supporting 802.1X Authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones
These sections provide information about 802.1X support on the Cisco Unified IP Phones:
•
Overview, page 1-21
•
Required Network Components, page 1-21
•
Best Practices—Requirements and Recommendations, page 1-21
Overview
Cisco Unified IP phones and Cisco Catalyst switches have traditionally used Cisco Discovery Protocol
(CDP) to identify each other and determine parameters such as VLAN allocation and inline power
requirements. However, CDP is not used to identify any locally attached PCs; therefore, Cisco Unified
IP Phones provide an EAPOL pass-through mechanism, whereby a PC locally attached to the IP phone,
may pass through EAPOL messages to the 802.1X authenticator in the LAN switch. This prevents the
IP phone from having to act as the authenticator, yet allows the LAN switch to authenticate a data end
point prior to accessing the network.
In conjunction with the EAPOL pass-through mechanism, Cisco Unified IP Phones provide a proxy
EAPOL-Logoff mechanism. In the event that the locally attached PC is disconnected from the IP phone,
the LAN switch would not see the physical link fail, because the link between the LAN switch and the
IP phone is maintained. To avoid compromising network integrity, the IP phone sends an EAPOL-Logoff
message to the switch, on behalf of the downstream PC, which triggers the LAN switch to clear the
authentication entry for the downstream PC.
The Cisco Unified IP phones also contain an 802.1X supplicant, in addition to the EAPOL pass-through
mechanism. This supplicant allows network administrators to control the connectivity of IP phones to
the LAN switch ports. The current release of the phone 802.1X supplicant uses the EAP-FAST,
EAP-TLS, and EAP-MD5 options for network authentication.
Required Network Components
Support for 802.1X authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones requires several components, including:
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone—The phone acts as the 802.1X supplicant, which initiates the request to
access the network.
•
Cisco Secure Access Control Server (ACS) (or other third-party authentication server)—The
authentication server and the phone must both be configured with a shared secret that is used to
authenticate the phone.
•
Cisco Catalyst Switch (or other third-party switch)—The switch must support 802.1X, so it can act
as the authenticator and pass the messages between the phone and the authentication server. When
the exchange is completed, the switch then grants or denies the phone access to the network.
Best Practices—Requirements and Recommendations
•
Enable 802.1X Authentication—If you want to use the 802.1X standard to authenticate Cisco
Unified IP Phones, be sure that you have properly configured the other components before enabling
it on the phone. See the “802.1X Authentication and Status” section on page 4-9 for more
information.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-21
Chapter
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
•
Configure PC Port—The 802.1X standard does not take into account the use of VLANs and thus
recommends that only a single device should be authenticated to a specific switch port. However,
some switches (including Cisco Catalyst switches) support multi-domain authentication. The switch
configuration determines whether you can connect a PC to the phone’s PC port.
– Enabled—If you are using a switch that supports multi-domain authentication, you can enable
the PC port and connect a PC to it. In this case, Cisco Unified IP Phones support proxy
EAPOL-Logoff to monitor the authentication exchanges between the switch and the attached
PC. For more information about IEEE 802.1X support on the Cisco Catalyst switches, refer to
the Cisco Catalyst switch configuration guides at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps708/tsd_products_support_series_home.
html
– Disabled—If the switch does not support multiple 802.1X-compliant devices on the same port,
you should disable the PC Port when 802.1X authentication is enabled. See the “Security
Configuration Menu” section on page 4-9 for more information. If you do not disable this port
and subsequently attempt to attach a PC to it, the switch will deny network access to both the
phone and the PC.
•
Configure Voice VLAN—Because the 802.1X standard does not account for VLANs, you should
configure this setting based on the switch support.
– Enabled—If you are using a switch that supports multi-domain authentication, you can continue
to use the voice VLAN.
– Disabled—If the switch does not support multi-domain authentication, disable the Voice VLAN
and consider assigning the port to the native VLAN. See the “Security Configuration Menu”
section on page 4-9 for more information.
•
Enter MD5 Shared Secret—If you disable 802.1X authentication or perform a factory reset on the
phone, the previously configured MD5 shared secret is deleted. See the “802.1X Authentication and
Status” section on page 4-9 for more information.
Security Restrictions
A user cannot barge into an encrypted call if the phone that is used to barge is not configured for
encryption. When barge fails in this case, a reorder tone (fast busy tone) plays on the phone on which
the user initiated the barge.
If the initiator phone is configured for encryption, the barge initiator can barge into a nonsecure call from
the encrypted phone. After the barge occurs, Cisco Unified CM classifies the call as nonsecure.
If the initiator phone is configured for encryption, the barge initiator can barge into an encrypted call,
and the phone indicates that the call is encrypted.
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
When deploying a new IP telephony system, system administrators and network administrators must
complete several initial configuration tasks to prepare the network for IP telephony service. For
information and a checklist for setting up and configuring a Cisco IP telephony network, go to the
System Configuration Overview chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide.
After you have set up the IP telephony system and configured system-wide features in Cisco Unified
CM, you can add IP phones to the system.
1-22
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
The following topics provide an overview of procedures for adding Cisco Unified IP Phones to
your network:
•
Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones in Cisco Unified CM, page 1-23
•
Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones, page 1-27
Configuring Cisco Unified IP Phones in Cisco Unified CM
To add phones to the Cisco Unified CM database, you can use:
•
Auto-registration
•
Cisco Unified CM Administration
•
Bulk Administration Tool (BAT)
•
BAT and the Tool for Auto-Registered Phones Support (TAPS)
For more information about these choices, see the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database”
section on page 2-8.
For general information about configuring phones in Cisco Unified CM, refer to the
following documentation:
•
Cisco Unified IP Phones, Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone Configuration, Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
Guide
•
Autoregistration Configuration, Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-23
Chapter
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
Checklist for Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 in Cisco Unified CM
Table 1-9 provides an overview and checklist of configuration tasks for the Cisco Unified IP Phones
6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 in Cisco Unified CM Administration. The list presents a suggested order to
guide you through the phone configuration process. Some tasks are optional, depending on your system
and user needs. For detailed procedures and information, refer to the sources in the list.
Table 1-9
Task
1.
Checklist for Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 in Cisco Unified CM
Purpose
For More Information
Gather the following information about the phone:
For more information, go to the Cisco Unified IP Phones
chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide.
•
Phone Model
•
MAC address
•
Physical location of the phone
•
Name or user ID of phone user
•
Device pool
•
Partition, calling search space, and location
information
•
Number of lines and associated directory numbers
(DNs) to assign to the phone
•
Cisco Unified CM user to associate with
the phone
•
Phone usage information that affects phone
button template, softkey template, phone features,
IP Phone services, or phone applications
See the “Telephony Features Available for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 5-1.
Provides list of configuration requirements for setting
up phones.
Identifies preliminary configuration that you need to
perform before configuring individual phones, such as
phone button templates or softkey templates.
2.
Verify that you have sufficient unit licenses for your
phone.
For more information, go to the Generating a License
Unit Report chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and Services Guide.
3.
Customize phone button templates (if required).
For more information, go to the Phone Button Template
Configuration chapter in the Cisco Communications
Manager Administration Guide.
Changes the number of line buttons, speed-dial
buttons, Service URL buttons or adds a Privacy button
See the “Modifying Phone Button Templates” section on
to meet user needs.
page 5-17.
1-24
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-9
Task
4.
Checklist for Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 in Cisco Unified CM
Purpose
For More Information
Add and configure the phone by completing the
required fields in the Phone Configuration window.
Required fields are indicated by an asterisk (*) next to
the field name; for example, MAC address and device
pool.
For more information, go to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Configuration chapter in the Cisco Communications
Manager Administration Guide.
The device with its default settings gets added to the
Cisco Unified CM database.
5.
Add and configure directory numbers (lines) on the
phone by completing the required fields in the
Directory Number Configuration window. Required
fields are indicated by an asterisk (*) next to the field
name; for example, directory number and presence
group.
For information about Product Specific Configuration
fields, refer to “?” Button Help in the Phone
Configuration window.
Note
If you want to add both the phone and user to the
Cisco Unified CM database at the same time, go
to the User/Phone Add Configuration chapter in
the Cisco Communications Manager
Administration Guide.
For more information, go to the Directory Number
Configuration chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide.
See the “Telephony Features Available for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 5-1.
Adds primary and secondary directory numbers and
features associated with directory numbers to the
phone.
6.
Customize softkey templates.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide,
Softkey Template Configuration.
Adds, deletes, or changes order of softkey features
that display on the user’s phone to meet feature usage
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
needs.
Communications Manager Administration Guide, Cisco
Unified IP Phone Configuration.
7.
Configure speed-dial buttons and assign speed-dial
numbers (optional).
Adds speed-dial buttons and numbers.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide, Cisco
Unified IP Phone Configuration.
Users can change speed-dial settings on their phones
by using Cisco Unified CM User Options.
8.
Configure Cisco Unified IP Phone services and assign For more information, see the Cisco Communications
Manager Administration Guide, IP Phone Services
services (optional).
Configuration.
Provides IP Phone services.
Note
9.
Users can add or change services on their
phones by using the Cisco Unified CM User
Options.
Assign services to programmable buttons (optional).
Provides access to an IP phone service or URL.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide, Cisco
Unified IP Phone Configuration.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-25
Chapter
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-9
Checklist for Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 in Cisco Unified CM
Task
Purpose
For More Information
10.
Add user information by configuring required fields.
Required fields are indicated by an asterisk (*); for
example, User ID and last name.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide, End
User Configuration.
Note
Assign a password (for User Options web
Note
pages) and PIN (for Cisco Extension Mobility
and Personal Directory).
Adds user information to the global directory for
Cisco Unified CM.
Note
11.
Refer to the following sections in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide, End
Assigns users a common list of roles and permissions
User Configuration and User Group Configuration.
that apply to all users in a user group. Administrators
can manage user groups, roles, and permissions to
control the level of access (and, therefore, the level of
security) for system users.
In order for end users to access Cisco Unified
CM User Options, you must add users to the
standard Cisco CCM End Users group.
Associate a user with a phone (optional).
Provides users with control over their phone such a
forwarding calls or adding speed-dial numbers or
services.
Note
1-26
If you want to add both the phone and user to the
Cisco Unified CM database at the same time, see
User/Phone Add Configurations in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide.
Associate a user to a user group.
Note
12.
If your company uses a a Lightweight Directory
Access Protocol (LDAP) directory to store
information on users, you can install and
configure Cisco Unified Communications to use
your existing LDAP directory, refer to
the“Configuring Corporate Directories” section
on page 5-16. Once the Enable Synchronization
from the LDAP Server field is enabled, you will
not be able to add additional users from Cisco
Unified CM Administration.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide, End
User Configuration.
Some phones, such as those in conference
rooms, do not have an associated user.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
After you have added the phones to the Cisco Unified CM database, you can complete the phone
installation. You (or the phone users) can install the phone at the users’s location. The Cisco Unified IP
Phone Installation Guide, which is provided on the cisco.com web site, provides directions for
connecting the phone handset, cables, and other accessories.
Note
Before you install a phone, even if it is new, upgrade the phone to the current firmware image. For
information about upgrading, refer to the Readme file for your phone, which is located at:
http://www.cisco.com/cisco/software/navigator.html?a=a&i=rpm
After the phone is connected to the network, the phone startup process begins, and the phone registers
with Cisco Unified CM. To finish installing the phone, configure the network settings on the phone
depending on whether you enable or disable DHCP service.
If you used auto-registration, you need to update the specific configuration information for the phone
such as associating the phone with a user, changing the button table, or directory number.
Checklist for Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961
Table 1-10 provides an overview and checklist of installation tasks for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921,
6941, and 6961. The list presents a suggested order to guide you through the phone installation. Some
tasks are optional, depending on your system and user needs. For detailed procedures and information,
refer to the sources in the list.
Table 1-10
Task
1.
Installation Checklist for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961
Purpose
For More Information
Choose the power source for the phone:
See the “Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone”
section on page 2-3.
•
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
•
External power supply
Determines how the phone receives power.
2.
3.
Assemble the phone, adjust phone placement, and
connect the network cable.
See the “Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section
on page 3-5.
Locates and installs the phone in the network.
See the “Footstand” section on page 3-9.
Monitor the phone startup process.
See the “Verifying the Phone Startup Process” section on
page 3-14.
Adds primary and secondary directory numbers and
features associated with directory numbers to the
phone.
Verifies that phone is configured properly.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-27
Chapter
Overview of Configuring and Installing Cisco Unified IP Phones
Table 1-10
Task
4.
Installation Checklist for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 (continued)
Purpose
For More Information
If you are configuring the network settings on the
phone, you can set up an IP address for the phone by
either using DHCP or manually entering an IP
address.
See the “Configuring Startup Network Settings” section
on page 3-15.
See the “Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4.
Using DHCP—To enable DHCP and allow the DHCP
server to automatically assign an IP address to the
Cisco Unified IP Phone and direct the phone to a
TFTP server, choose Applications > Administrator
Settings > Network Setup > IPv4 Setup and:
•
To enable DHCP, set DHCP Enabled to Yes.
DHCP is enabled by default.
•
To use an alternate TFTP server, set Alternate
TFTP Server to Yes, and enter the IP address for
the TFTP Server.
Note
Consult with the network administrator to
determine whether you need to assign an
alternative TFTP server instead of using the
TFTP server assigned by DHCP.
Without DHCP—You must configure the IP address,
subnet mask, TFTP server, and default router locally
on the phone, choose Applications > Administrator
Settings > Network Setup > IPv4 Setup:
To disable DHCP and manually set an IP address:
a.
To disable DHCP, set DHCP Enabled to No.
b.
Enter the static IP address for phone.
c.
Enter the subnet mask.
d.
Enter the default router IP addresses.
e.
Set Alternate TFTP Server to Yes, and enter the IP
address for TFTP Server 1.
You must also enter the domain name where the phone
resides by choosing Applications > Administrator
Settings > Network Setup.
5.
Set up security on the phone.
See the “Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP
Provides protection against data tampering threats and Phone” section on page 3-15.
identity theft of phones.
6.
Make calls with the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Verifies that the phone and features work correctly.
7.
Refer to Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961
User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 8.5.
See Appendix A, “Providing Information to Users Via a
Provide information to end users about how to use
their phones and how to configure their phone options. Website.”
Ensures that users have adequate information to
successfully use their Cisco Unified IP Phones.
1-28
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Terminology Differences
Terminology Differences
Table 1-11 highlights some of the important differences in terminology that is used in these documents:
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified
Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide
Table 1-11
Terminology Differences
User Guide
Administration and System Guides
Speed-Dialing (Placing a call with a speed-dial code)
Abbreviated Dialing
Conference across Lines
Join Across Lines
Conference
Join or Conference
Line Status
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
Message Indicators
Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) or
Message Waiting Lamp
Programmable Feature Button
Programmable Line Button or
Programmable Line Key (PLK)
Voicemail System
Voice Messaging System
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
1-29
Chapter
Terminology Differences
1-30
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
CH A P T E R
2
Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on
Your Network
Cisco Unified IP phones enable you to communicate by using voice over a data network. To provide this
capability, the IP Phones depend upon and interact with several other key Cisco Unified IP Telephony
components, including Cisco Unified Communications Manager (Cisco Unified CM).
This chapter focuses on the interactions between the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 and
Cisco Unified CM, DNS and DHCP servers, TFTP servers, and switches. It also describes options for
powering phones.
For related information about voice and IP communications, refer to this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/voicesw/index.html
This chapter provides an overview of the interaction between the Cisco Unified IP Phone and other key
components of the Voice over IP (VoIP) network. It includes the following topics:
•
Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP Telephony Products, page 2-1
•
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 2-3
•
Understanding Phone Configuration Files, page 2-5
•
Understanding the Phone Startup Process, page 2-7
•
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database, page 2-8
•
Using Cisco Unified IP Phones with Different Protocols, page 2-11
•
Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 2-13
Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP
Telephony Products
To function in the IP telephony network, the Cisco Unified IP Phone must be connected to a networking
device, such as a Cisco Catalyst switch. You must also register the Cisco Unified IP Phone with a Cisco
Unified CM system before sending and receiving calls.
This section includes the following topics:
•
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with Cisco Unified CM, page 2-2
•
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with the VLAN, page 2-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
2-1
Chapter
Understanding Interactions with Other Cisco Unified IP Telephony Products
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with Cisco
Unified CM
Cisco Unified CM is an open and industry-standard call processing system. Cisco Unified CM software
sets up and tears down calls between phones, integrating traditional PBX functionality with the
corporate IP network. Cisco Unified CM manages the components of the IP telephony system—the
phones, the access gateways, and the resources necessary for features such as call conferencing and route
planning. Cisco Unified CM also provides:
•
Firmware for phones
•
Configuration file via TFTP service
•
Authentication and encryption (if configured for the telephony system)
•
Phone registration
•
Call preservation, so that a media session continues if signaling is lost between the primary CM and
a phone
For information about configuring Cisco Unified CM to work with the IP devices described in this
chapter, go to the Cisco Unified IP Phone Configuration chapter in the Cisco Communications Manager
Administration Guide.
For an overview of security functionality for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, see the “Understanding
Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones” section on page 1-14.
Note
If the Cisco Unified IP Phone model that you want to configure does not appear in the Phone Type
drop-down list in Cisco Unified CM Administration, go to the following URL and install the latest
support patch for your version of Cisco Unified CM:
http://www.cisco.com/cisco/software/navigator.html?mdfid=278875240&i=rp
For more information, refer to “Software Upgrades” chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications
Operating System Administration Guide.
Related Topic
•
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 5-1
Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with the VLAN
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 have an internal Ethernet switch, enabling forwarding
of packets to the phone, and to the access port and the network port on the back of the phone.
If a computer is connected to the access port, the computer and the phone share the same physical link
to the switch and share the same port on the switch. This shared physical link has the following
implications for the VLAN configuration on the network:
2-2
•
The current VLANs might be configured on an IP subnet basis. However, additional IP addresses
might not be available to assign the phone to the same subnet as other devices connected to the same
port.
•
Data traffic present on the VLAN supporting phones might reduce the quality of Voice-over-IP
traffic.
•
Network security may indicate a need to isolate the VLAN voice traffic from the VLAN data traffic.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
You can resolve these issues by isolating the voice traffic onto a separate VLAN. The switch port that
the phone is connected to would be configured to have separate VLANs for carrying:
•
Voice traffic to and from the IP phone (auxiliary VLAN on the Cisco Catalyst 6000 series, for
example)
•
Data traffic to and from the PC connected to the switch through the access port of the IP phone
(native VLAN)
Isolating the phones on a separate, auxiliary VLAN increases the quality of the voice traffic and allows
a large number of phones to be added to an existing network where there are not enough IP addresses
for each phone.
For more information, refer to the documentation included with a Cisco switch. You can also access
switch information at this URL:
http://cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/index.html
Related Topics
•
Understanding the Phone Startup Process, page 2-7
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 can be powered with external power or with Power
over Ethernet (PoE). External power is provided through a separate power supply. PoE is provided by a
switch through the Ethernet cable attached to a phone.
Note
When you install a phone that is powered with external power, connect the power supply to the phone
and to a power outlet before you connect the Ethernet cable to the phone. When you remove a phone that
is powered with external power, disconnect the Ethernet cable from the phone before you disconnect the
power supply.
The following sections provide more information about powering a phone:
•
Power Guidelines, page 2-4
•
Power Outage, page 2-4
•
Obtaining Additional Information about Power, page 2-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
2-3
Chapter
Providing Power to the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Power Guidelines
Table 2-1 provides guidelines for powering the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961.
Table 2-1
Guidelines for Powering the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961
Power Type
Guidelines
External power—Provided
through the CP-PWR-CUBE-3
external power supply.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 use the CP-PWR-CUBE-3 power
supply.
External power—Provided
through the Cisco Unified IP
Phone Power Injector.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone Power Injector may be used with any Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Functioning as a midspan device, the injector delivers inline power to the attached phone.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone Power Injector is connected between a switch port and the IP
Phone, and supports a maximum cable length of 100m between the unpowered switch and
the IP Phone.
PoE power—Provided by a
switch through the Ethernet
cable attached to the phone.
External power—Provided
through inline power patch
panel WS-PWR-PANEL
•
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 support IEEE 802.3af Class 2
power on signal pairs and spare pairs.
•
To ensure uninterruptible operation of the phone, make sure that the switch has a
backup power supply.
•
Make sure that the CatOS or IOS version running on your switch supports your
intended phone deployment. Refer to the documentation for your switch for operating
system version information.
The inline power patch panel WS-PWR-PANEL is compatible with the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961.
Power Outage
Your accessibility to emergency service through the phone is dependent on the phone being powered. If
there is an interruption in the power supply, Service and Emergency Calling Service dialing will not
function until power is restored. In the case of a power failure or disruption, you may need to reset or
reconfigure equipment before using the Service or Emergency Calling Service dialing.
2-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Understanding Phone Configuration Files
Obtaining Additional Information about Power
For related information about power, refer to the documents shown in Table 2-2. These documents
provide information about the following topics:
•
Cisco switches that work with the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961
•
The Cisco IOS releases that support bidirectional power negotiation
•
Other requirements and restrictions regarding power
Table 2-2
Related Documentation for Power
Document Topics
URL
Cisco Unified IP Phone Power
Injector
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps6951/index.html
PoE Solutions
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/netsol/ns340/ns394/ns147/ns412/inde
x.html
Cisco Catalyst Switches
http://cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/index.html
Integrated Service Routers
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/routers/index.html
Cisco IOS Software
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/products_ios_
cisco_ios_software_category_home.html
Understanding Phone Configuration Files
Configuration files for a phone are stored on the TFTP server and define parameters for connecting to
Cisco Unified CM. In general, any time you make a change in Cisco Unified CM that requires the phone
to be reset, a change is automatically made to the phone’s configuration file.
Configuration files also contain information about which image load the phone should be running. If this
image load differs from the one currently loaded on a phone, the phone contacts the TFTP server to
request the required load files.
A phone accesses a default configuration file named XmlDefault.cnf.xml from the TFTP server when
the following conditions exist:
•
You have enabled auto-registration in Cisco Unified CM
•
The phone has not been added to the Cisco Unified CM database
•
The phone is registering for the first time
In addition, if the device security mode in the configuration file is set to Authenticated and the CTL file
on the phone has a valid certificate for Cisco Unified CM, the phone establishes a TLS connection to
Cisco Unified CM. Otherwise, the phone establishes a TCP connection.
Note
If the device security mode in the configuration file is set to secure, but the phone has not received a
CTL file, the phone tries four times to obtain a CTL file so it can register securely.
Note
Cisco Extension Mobility Cross Cluster is an exception, in that the phone permits a TLS connection to
Cisco Unified CM for secure signaling even without the CTL file.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
2-5
Chapter
Understanding Phone Configuration Files
If you configure security-related settings in Cisco Unified CM Administration, the phone configuration
file will contain sensitive information. To ensure the privacy of a configuration file, you must configure
it for encryption. For detailed information, refer to the “Configuring Encrypted Phone Configuration
Files” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide. A phone requests a
configuration file whenever it resets and registers with Cisco Unified CM.
A phone accesses a default configuration file named XmlDefault.cnf.xml only when the phone has not
received a valid Trust List file containing a certificate assigned to the Cisco Unified CM and TFTP.
If auto registration is not enabled and you did not add the phone to the Cisco Unified CM database, the
phone does not attempt to register with Cisco Unified CM. The phone continually displays the
"Configuring IP" message until you either enable auto-registration or add the phone to the Cisco Unified
CM database.
If the phone has registered before, the phone will access the configuration file named
SEPmac_address.cnf.xml, where mac_address is the MAC address of the phone.
For SIP phones, the TFTP server generates these SIP configuration files:
•
SIP IP Phone:
– For unsigned and unencrypted files—SEP<mac>.cnf.xml
– For signed files—SEP<mac>.cnf.xml.sgn
– For signed and encrypted files—SEP<mac>.cnf.xml.enc.sgn
•
Dial Plan—<dialplan>.xml
•
Softkey Template—<softkey_template>.xml
The filenames are derived from the MAC Address and Description fields in the Phone Configuration
window of Cisco Unified CM Administration. The MAC address uniquely identifies the phone.
For more information on phone configuration settings, go to the Cisco Unified IP Phone Configuration
chapter in the Cisco Communications Manager Administration Guide.
For more information also refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
2-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Understanding the Phone Startup Process
Understanding the Phone Startup Process
When connecting to the VoIP network, the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 go through a
standard startup process that is described in Table 2-3. Depending on your specific network setup, not
all of these steps may occur on your Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Table 2-3
Task
1.
2.
Cisco Unified IP Phone Startup Process
Purpose
Related Topics
Obtaining Power from the Switch
•
If a phone is not using external power, the switch
provides in-line power through the Ethernet cable
attached to the phone.
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database,
page 2-8.
•
Resolving Startup Problems, page 9-1.
Loading the Stored Phone Image
Resolving Startup Problems, page 9-1.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone has non-volatile Flash
memory in which it stores firmware images and
user-defined preferences. At startup, the phone runs a
bootstrap loader that loads a phone image stored in
Flash memory. Using this image, the phone initializes
its software and hardware.
3.
4.
5.
Configuring VLAN
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4.
If the Cisco Unified IP Phone is connected to a
Cisco Catalyst switch, the switch next informs the
phone of the voice VLAN defined on the switch. The
phone needs to know its VLAN membership before it
can proceed with the Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol (DHCP) request for an IP address.
•
Resolving Startup Problems, page 9-1.
Obtaining an IP Address
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4.
If the Cisco Unified IP Phone is using DHCP to obtain
an IP address, the phone queries the DHCP server to
obtain one. If you are not using DHCP in your
network, you must assign static IP addresses to each
phone locally.
•
Resolving Startup Problems, page 9-1.
Accessing a TFTP Server
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4.
In addition to assigning an IP address, the DHCP
server directs the Cisco Unified IP Phone to a TFTP
Server. If the phone has a statically defined IP address,
you must configure the TFTP server locally on the
phone; the phone then contacts the TFTP server
directly.
•
Resolving Startup Problems, page 9-1.
Note
6.
You can also assign an alternative TFTP server
to use instead of the one assigned by DHCP.
Refer to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Security Guide, “Configuring the Cisco CTL Client”
The TFTP server stores the certificate trust list (CTL)
chapter.
file. The CTL file contains the certificates necessary
for establishing a secure connection between the
phone and Cisco Unified CM.
Requesting the CTL file
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
2-7
Chapter
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database
Table 2-3
Task
7.
Cisco Unified IP Phone Startup Process (continued)
Purpose
Related Topics
Requesting the Configuration File
•
The TFTP server has configuration files, which define
parameters for connecting to Cisco Unified CM and
other information for the phone.
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database,
page 2-8.
•
Resolving Startup Problems, page 9-1.
Contacting Cisco Unified CM
8.
Resolving Startup Problems, page 9-1.
The configuration file defines how the Cisco
Unified IP Phone communicates with Cisco
Unified CM and provides a phone with its load ID.
After obtaining the file from the TFTP server, the
phone attempts to make a connection to the highest
priority Cisco Unified CM on the list.
If the phone was manually added to the database,
Cisco Unified CM identifies the phone. If the phone
was not manually added to the database and
auto-registration is enabled in Cisco Unified CM, the
phone attempts to auto-register itself in the Cisco
Unified CM database.
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database
Before installing the Cisco Unified IP phone, you must choose a method for adding phones to the Cisco
Unified CM database. Be aware that each phone type requires a fixed number of device license units and
the number of unit licenses that are available on the server may impact phone registration. For more
information on licensing go to the Licensing section in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide.
These sections describe the methods:
2-8
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-9
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified CM Administration, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with BAT, page 2-11
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database
Table 2-4 provides an overview of these methods for adding phones to the Cisco Unified CM database.
Table 2-4
Methods for Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database
Method
Requires MAC
Address?
Auto-registration
No
Notes
•
Results in automatic assignment of directory
numbers
•
Not available when security or encryption is
enabled
Note
Auto-registration is disabled when
security is enabled on Cisco Unified CM.
In this case, the phone must be manually
added to the Cisco Unified CM database.
Auto-registration with
TAPS
No
Requires auto-registration and the Bulk
Administration Tool (BAT); updates information
in the Cisco Unified IP Phone and in Cisco
Unified CM Administration
Using the Cisco Unified
CM Administration
Yes
Requires phones to be added individually
Using BAT
Yes
Allows for simultaneous registration of multiple
phones
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration
By enabling auto-registration before you begin installing phones, you can:
Note
•
Add phones without first gathering MAC addresses from the phones.
•
Automatically add a Cisco Unified IP Phone to the Cisco Unified CM database when you physically
connect the phone to your IP telephony network. During auto-registration, Cisco Unified CM
assigns the next available sequential directory number to the phone.
•
Quickly enter phones into the Cisco Unified CM database and modify any settings, such as the
directory numbers, from Cisco Unified CM.
•
Move auto-registered phones to new locations and assign them to different device pools without
affecting their directory numbers.
Cisco recommends you use auto-registration to add less than 100 phones to your network. To add more
than 100 phones to your network, use the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT). See the “Adding Phones with
BAT” section on page 2-11.
Auto-registration is disabled by default. In some cases, you might not want to use auto-registration; for
example, if you want to assign a specific directory number to the phone. For information about enabling
auto-registration, go to the “Enabling Auto-Registration” section in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
2-9
Chapter
Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database
Note
When you configure the cluster for mixed mode through the Cisco CTL client, auto-registration is
automatically disabled. When you configure the cluster for non-secure mode through the Cisco CTL
client, auto-registration is automatically enabled.
Related Topics
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified CM Administration, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with BAT, page 2-11
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS
You can add phones with auto-registration and TAPS, the Tool for Auto-Registered Phones Support,
without first gathering MAC addresses from phones.
TAPS works with the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT) to update a batch of phones that were already
added to the Cisco Unified CM database with dummy MAC addresses. Use TAPS to update
MAC addresses and download pre-defined configurations for phones.
Note
Cisco recommends you use auto-registration and TAPS to add less than 100 phones to your network. To
add more than 100 phones to your network, use the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT). See the “Adding
Phones with BAT” section on page 2-11.
To implement TAPS, you or the end-user dial a TAPS directory number and follow voice prompts. When
the process is complete, the phone will have downloaded its directory number and other settings, and the
phone will be updated in Cisco Unified CM Administration with the correct MAC address.
Auto-registration must be enabled in Cisco Unified CM Administration (System > Cisco Unified CM)
for TAPS to function.
Note
When you configure the cluster for mixed mode through the Cisco CTL client, auto-registration is
automatically disabled. When you configure the cluster for non-secure mode through the Cisco CTL
client, auto-registration is automatically enabled.
For more information, go to the “Bulk Administration” chapter in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration Guide.
Related Topics
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-9
•
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified CM Administration, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with BAT, page 2-11
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified CM Administration
You can add phones individually to the Cisco Unified CM database by using Cisco Unified CM
Administration. To do so, you first need to obtain the MAC address for each phone.
2-10
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Using Cisco Unified IP Phones with Different Protocols
For information about determining a MAC address, see the “Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 2-13.
After you have collected MAC addresses, in Cisco Unified CM Administration, choose Device > Phone
and click Add New to begin.
For complete instructions and conceptual information about Cisco Unified CM, go to the “Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Overview” chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager System
Guide.
Related Topics
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-9
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with BAT, page 2-11
Adding Phones with BAT
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Tool (BAT) enables you to perform batch
operations, including registration, on multiple phones. To access BAT, choose Bulk Administration
drop-down menu in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration,
To add phones by using BAT only (not in conjunction with TAPS), you can use the MAC address for
each phone or dummy MAC addresses if you have a large number of new phones.
For information about determining a MAC address, see the “Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 2-13.
For detailed instructions about using BAT, go to the “Bulk Administration” chapter in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide.
Related Topics
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration, page 2-9
•
Adding Phones with Auto-Registration and TAPS, page 2-10
•
Adding Phones with Cisco Unified CM Administration, page 2-10
Using Cisco Unified IP Phones with Different Protocols
The Cisco Unified IP Phone can operate with SCCP (Skinny Client Control Protocol) or SIP (Session
Initiation Protocol). You can convert a phone that is using one protocol for use with the other protocol.
This section includes these topics:
•
Converting a New Phone from SCCP to SIP, page 2-11
•
Converting an In-Use Phone from One Protocol to the Other Protocol, page 2-12
•
Deploying a Phone in an SCCP and SIP Environment, page 2-12
Converting a New Phone from SCCP to SIP
A new, unused phone is set for SCCP by default. To convert this phone to SIP, perform these steps:
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
2-11
Chapter
Using Cisco Unified IP Phones with Different Protocols
Procedure
Step 1
Take one of these actions:
•
To auto-register the phone, set the Auto Registration Phone Protocol parameter in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration to SIP.
•
To provision the phone using the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT), choose the appropriate phone
model and choose SIP from the BAT.
•
To provision the phone manually, make the appropriate changes for SIP on the Phone configuration
window in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.
Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide for detailed information
about Cisco Unified Communications Manager configuration.
Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide for detailed
information about using the BAT.
Step 2
If you are not using DHCP in your network, configure the network parameters for the phone.
See Configuring Startup Network Settings, page 3-15.
Step 3
Save the configuration updates, click Apply Config, click OK when the Apply Configuration
Information dialog displays, then have the user power cycle the phone.
Converting an In-Use Phone from One Protocol to the Other Protocol
If Cisco Unified IP phones presently connected to Cisco Unified CM are using the SCCP protocol to
receive and place calls and you now want some or all of these phones to use the SIP protocol, the phone
firmware for each phone type must be upgraded from SCCP to the recommended SIP version before the
phones can register. If Cisco Unified IP phones to be connected to Cisco Unified CM are brand new,
out-of-the-box, the SCCP phone firmware preloaded at the factory must be upgraded to the
recommended SIP version before your SIP phones can complete registration.
For information about how to convert an in-use phone from one protocol to the other, see the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone Configuration,
section Migration Existing Phone Configuration to a Different Phone.
Deploying a Phone in an SCCP and SIP Environment
To deploy Cisco Unified IP Phones in an environment that includes SCCP and SIP and in which the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Auto-Registration parameter is SCCP, perform these general
steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Set the Cisco Unified Communications Manager auto_registration_protocol parameter to SCCP.
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose System > Enterprise
Parameters.
2-12
Step 2
Install the phones.
Step 3
Change the Auto Registration Protocol enterprise parameter to SIP.
Step 4
Auto-register the SIP phones.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone
Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone
Several procedures described in this manual require you to determine the MAC address of a
Cisco Unified IP Phone. You can determine a phone’s MAC address in these ways:
•
From the phone, press the Applications button and select Phone Information and look at the
MAC Address field.
•
Look at the MAC label on the back of the phone.
•
Display the web page for the phone and click the Device Information hyperlink.
For information about accessing the web page, see the “Accessing the Web Page for a Phone”
section on page 8-2.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
2-13
Chapter
Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone
2-14
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
CH A P T E R
3
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone
This chapter includes the following topics, which help you install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on an IP
telephony network:
Note
•
Before You Begin, page 3-1
•
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Components, page 3-2
•
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-5
•
Reducing Power Consumption on the Phone, page 3-9
•
Footstand, page 3-9
•
Verifying the Phone Startup Process, page 3-14
•
Configuring Startup Network Settings, page 3-15
•
Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-15
Before you install a Cisco Unified IP phone, you must decide how to configure the phone in your
network. Then you can install the phone and verify its functionality. For more information, see
Chapter 2, “Preparing to Install the Cisco Unified IP Phone on Your Network.”
Before You Begin
Before installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone, review the requirements in these sections:
•
Network Requirements, page 3-1
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Configuration, page 3-2
Network Requirements
For the Cisco Unified IP Phone to successfully operate as a Cisco Unified IP Phone endpoint in your
network, your network must meet the following requirements:
•
Working VoIP network:
– VoIP configured on your Cisco routers and gateways
– Cisco UnifiedCM installed in your network and configured to handle call processing
•
IP network that supports DHCP or manual assignment of IP address, gateway, and subnet mask
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
3-1
Chapter
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Components
Note
The Cisco Unified IP Phone displays the date and time from Cisco Unified CM. If the Cisco Unified CM
server is located in a different time zone than the phones, the phones will not display the correct
local time.
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Configuration
The Cisco Unified IP Phone requires Cisco Unified CM to handle call processing. Refer to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide or to context-sensitive help in the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager application to ensure that Cisco Unified CM is set up properly
to manage the phone and to properly route and process calls.
If you plan to use auto-registration, verify that it is enabled and properly configured in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration before connecting any Cisco Unified IP Phone to the
network. For information about enabling and configuring auto-registration, refer to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide. Also, see the “Adding Phones to the Cisco
Unified CM Database” section on page 2-8.
You must use Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to configure and assign
telephony features to the Cisco Unified IP phones. See the “Telephony Features Available for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone” section on page 5-1 for details.
In Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, you can add users to the database, add users
to user groups, and associate users to specific phones. In this way, users gain access their Cisco Unified
CM User Option page to configure items such as call forwarding, speed dialing, and voice messaging
system options. See the “Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager” section on
page 5-22 for details.
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and
6961 Components
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 include these components on the phone or as
accessories for the phone:
•
Network and Access Ports, page 3-2
•
Handset, page 3-3
•
Speakerphone, page 3-3
•
Headset, page 3-3
Network and Access Ports
The back of the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 includes these ports:
3-2
•
Network port—Labeled network
•
Access port—Labeled computer
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Components
Each port supports 10/100 Mbps half- or full-duplex connections to external devices. Cisco Unified IP
Phone 6945 also supports 1000 Mbps full-duplex connections to external devices.You can use either
Category 3/5/5e cabling for 10-Mbps connections, but you must use Category 5/5e for 100 or 1000
Mbps connections.
Use the SW network port to connect the phone to the network. You must use a straight-through cable on
this port. The phone can also obtain inline power from a switch over this connection. See the “Adding
Phones to the Cisco Unified CM Database” section on page 2-8 for details.
Use the PC access port to connect a network device, such as a computer, to the phone. You must use a
straight-through cable on this port.
Handset
The handset is designed especially for use with a Cisco Unified IP Phone. It includes a light strip that
indicates incoming calls and voice messages waiting.
To connect a handset to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, plug the cable into the handset and the Handset port
on the back of the phone.
Speakerphone
By default, the speakerphone is enabled on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
You can disable the speakerphone by using Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. To
do so, choose Device > Phone and locate the phone you want to modify. In the Phone Configuration
window for the phone, check the Disable Speakerphone check box.
Headset
Although Cisco Systems performs internal testing of third-party headsets for use with the Cisco Unified
IP Phones, Cisco Systems does not certify or support products from headset or handset vendors.
Cisco recommends the use of good quality external devices, for example, headsets that are screened
against unwanted radio frequency (RF) and audio frequency (AF) signals. Depending on the quality of
headsets and their proximity to other devices such as cell phones and two-way radios, some audio noise
or echo may still occur. An audible hum or buzz may be heard by either the remote party or by both the
remote party and the Cisco Unified IP Phone user. Humming or buzzing sounds can be caused by a range
of outside sources; for example, electric lights, electric motors, or large PC monitors. See the “Using
External Devices” section on page 3-4 for more information.
Note
In some cases, hum may be reduced or eliminated by using a local power cube or power injector.
These environmental and hardware inconsistencies in the locations where Cisco Unified IP Phones are
deployed means that there is not a single headset solution that is optimal for all environments.
Cisco recommends that customers test headsets in their intended environment to determine performance
before making a purchasing decision and deploying en masse.
Note
The Cisco Unified IP Phone 6945supports wideband headsets.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
3-3
Chapter
Understanding the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Components
Audio Quality
Beyond its physical, mechanical and technical performance, the audio portion of a headset must sound
good to the user and to the party on the far end. Sound quality is subjective and Cisco cannot guarantee
the performance of any headsets. However, a variety of headsets from leading headset manufacturers
have been reported to perform well with Cisco Unified IP Phones. See manufacturer’s sites for details.
For information about wireless headsets that work in conjunction with the wireless headset remote
hookswitch control feature, see
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/prod/voicesw/ucphone_headsets.html.
Connecting a Headset
To connect a wired headset to the Cisco Unified IP Phone, plug it into the Headset port on the back of
the phone. Press the Headset button on the phone to place and answer calls using the headset.
You can use the wired headset with all of the features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, including the
Volume and Mute buttons. Use these buttons to adjust the ear piece volume and to mute the speech path
from the headset microphone.
Disabling a Headset
You can disable the headset by using Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. If you
do so, you also will disable the speakerphone.
To disable the headset from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device >
Phone and locate the phone that you want to modify. In the Phone Configuration window for the phone,
check the Disable Speakerphone and Headset check box.
Using External Devices
The following information applies when you use external devices with the Cisco Unified IP Phone:
Cisco recommends the use of good quality external devices that are shielded (screened) against
unwanted radio frequency (RF) and audio frequency (AF) signals.
Depending on the quality of these devices and their proximity to other devices such as mobile phones or
two-way radios, some audio noise may still occur. In these cases, Cisco recommends that you take one
or more of the following actions:
•
Move the external device away from the source of the RF or AF signals.
•
Route the external device cables away from the source of the RF or AF signals.
•
Use shielded cables for the external device, or use cables with a better shield and connector.
•
Shorten the length of the external device cable.
•
Apply ferrites or other such devices on the cables for the external device.
Cisco cannot guarantee the performance of the system because Cisco has no control over the quality of
external devices, cables, and connectors. The system will perform adequately when suitable devices are
attached using good quality cables and connectors.
Caution
3-4
In European Union countries, use only external headsets that are fully compliant with the EMC Directive
[89/336/EC].
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
You must connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone to the network and to a power source before using it. See
Figure 3-1 shows the connections for Cisco Unified IP phones 6921 and 6941, Figure 3-3 shows the
connections for a Cisco Unified IP Phone 6945, and Figure 3-2 shows the connections for a Cisco
Unified IP Phone 6961.
Note
Before you install a phone, even if it is new, upgrade the phone to the current firmware image. Before
using external devices, read the “Using External Devices” section on page 3-4 for safety and
performance information.
To install a Cisco Unified IP Phone, perform the tasks described in Table 3-1.
Table 3-1
Task
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961
Purpose
Related Topics
1.
Connect the handset to the Handset port.
—
2.
Connect a headset to the Headset port.
See the “Headset” section on page 3-3 for supported
headsets.
Optional. You can add a headset later if you do not
connect one now.
3.
Optional. Connect the power supply to the Cisco DC See the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM
Adapter port.
Database” section on page 2-8 for guidelines.
4.
Connect a straight-through Ethernet cable from the
switch to the network port labeled Network on the
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961.
See the “Network and Access Ports” section on page 3-2
for guidelines.
Each Cisco Unified IP Phone ships with one Ethernet
cable in the box.
You can use either Category 3/5/5e cabling for
10-Mbps connections, but you must use Category 5/5e
for 100 Mbps connections.
5.
Connect a straight-through Ethernet cable from
another network device, such as a desktop computer,
to the access port labeled Computer on the
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961.
See the “Network and Access Ports” section on page 3-2
for guidelines.
Optional. You can connect another network device
later if you do not connect one now.
You can use either Category 3/5/5e cabling for
10-Mbps connections, but you must use Category 5/5e
for 100 Mbps connections.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
3-5
Chapter
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Figure 3-1
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921 and 6941 Cable Connections
1
3
7
2
6
4
3-6
192762
5
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Figure 3-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6961 Cable Connections
1
3
7
2
6
192617
5
4
1
DC adaptor port (DC48V)
5
Access port (10/100 PC) connection
2
AC-to-DC power supply (optional)
6
Handset connection
3
AC power wall plus (optional)
7
Analog headset connection (optional)
4
Network port (10/100 SW) connection. IEEE
802.3af power enabled
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
3-7
Chapter
Installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Figure 3-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6945 Cable Connections
1
3
8
2
7
6
199282
5
4
1
DC adaptor port (DC48V).
5
Access port (10/100/1000 PC) connection.
2
AC-to-DC power supply (optional).
6
Auxiliary port.
3
AC power wall plug (optional).
7
Handset connection.
4
Network port (10/100/1000 SW)
connection. IEEE 802.3af power
enabled.
8
Analog headset connection (optional).
Related Topics
3-8
•
Footstand, page 3-9
•
Verifying the Phone Startup Process, page 3-14
•
Configuring Startup Network Settings, page 3-15
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Reducing Power Consumption on the Phone
Reducing Power Consumption on the Phone
You can reduce the amount of energy that the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
consumes by scheduling when the phone goes into power save mode. In power save mode, the backlight
on the screen is not lit when the phone is not in use. The phone remains in power save mode for the
scheduled duration or until the user lifts the handset or presses any button. In the Phone Configuration
page on Cisco Unified Communications Administration, configure the following parameters.
•
Days Backlight Not Active—Specify the days that the backlight remains inactive.
•
Backlight on Time—Schedule the time of day that the backlight automatically activates. on the days
listed in the off schedule.
•
Backlight on Duration—Indicates the length of time that the backlight is active once the backlight
is enabled by the programmed schedule
•
Backlight Idle Timeout—Defines the period of user inactivity on the phone before the backlight is
turned off.
Footstand
If your phone is placed on a table or desk, the footstand can be connected to the back of the phone for a
higher or lower viewing angle, depending on your preference.
Figure 3-4 shows the footstand and the alignment of the tabs on the footstand with the two different sets
of holes on the Cisco Unified IP phones 6921 and 6941. Figure 3-5 shows the footstand and
the alignment of the tabs on the footstand with the two different sets of holes on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 6945. Figure 3-6 shows the footstand and the alignment of the tabs on the footstand with the
two different sets of holes on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6961.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
3-9
Chapter
Footstand
Figure 3-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921 and 6941
2
194407
1
1
3-10
Footstand slots for a higher viewing angle
2
Footstand slots for a lower viewing angle
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Footstand
Figure 3-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6945
2
199283
1
1
Footstand slots for a higher viewing angle
2
Footstand slots for a lower viewing angle
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
3-11
Chapter
Footstand
Figure 3-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6961
2
1
194406
CISCO
1
3-12
Footstand slots for a higher viewing angle
2
Footstand slots for a lower viewing angle
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Footstand
195159
Higher Viewing Angle
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
3-13
Chapter
Mounting the Phone to the Wall
195160
Lower Viewing Angle
Mounting the Phone to the Wall
You can mount the Cisco Unified IP Phone on the wall by using special brackets available in a
Cisco Unified IP Phone wall mount kit. For information on installing the wall mount kit, see
Appendix E, “Installing the Wall Mount Kit for the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and
6961” or Appendix F, “Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall Mount.”
Note
Wall mount kits are ordered separately from the phone.
Verifying the Phone Startup Process
After the Cisco Unified IP Phone has power connected to it, the phone begins its startup diagnostic
process by cycling through the following steps.
1.
3-14
The following LED buttons flash on and off during the various stages of bootup as the phone checks
its hardware. See Table 3-2 for a list of the hardware test and the LED diagnostic status.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Configuring Startup Network Settings
Table 3-2
LED Diagnostic Status
Hardware Test
MWI
Hold
Mute
Speaker
Power is Ready
On
On
On
On
Flash is Accessible
—
On
On
On
RAM Test Successful
—
—
On
On
Ethernet Test Successful
—
—
—
On
2.
The screen displays the Cisco Systems, Inc., logo screen.
3.
These messages appear as the phone starts up.
– Phone not registered
4.
The home screen displays:
– Current date and time
– Primary directory number
– Additional directory numbers and speed dial numbers, if configured (Only on Cisco Unified IP
Phone 6961)
– Softkeys
If the phone successfully passes through these stages, it has started up properly. If the phone does not
start up properly, see the “Resolving Startup Problems” section on page 9-1.
Configuring Startup Network Settings
If you are not using DHCP in your network, you must configure these network settings on the
Cisco Unified IP Phone after installing the phone on the network:
•
IP address
•
IP subnet information
•
TFTP server IP address
•
You also may configure the domain name and the DNS server settings, if necessary.
Collect this information and see the instructions in Chapter 4, “Configuring Settings on the Cisco
Unified IP Phone.”
Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
The security features protect against several threats, including threats to the identity of the phone and to
data. These features establish and maintain secure communication streams between the phone and the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager server, and digitally sign files before they are delivered.
For more information about the security features, see the “Understanding Security Features for Cisco
Unified IP Phones” section on page 1-14. Also, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Security Guide.
You can initiate the installation of an LSC from the Security Configuration menu on the phone. This
menu also lets you update or remove an LSC.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
3-15
Chapter
Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Before You Begin
Make sure that the appropriate Cisco Unified CM and the Certificate Authority Proxy Function (CAPF)
security configurations are complete:
•
The CTL file should have a CAPF certificate.
•
On Cisco Unified Communications Operating System Administration, verify that the CAPF
certificate has been installed.
•
The CAPF is running and configured.
Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security Guide for more information.
To manually configure an LSC on the phone, perform these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Obtain the CAPF authentication code that was set when the CAPF was configured.
Step 2
From the phone, choose Applications > Admin Settings > Security Configuration.
Note
You can control access to the Administrator Settings Menu by using the Settings Access field in
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Phone Configuration window. For
more information, see the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.
Step 3
To unlock settings, see the “Unlocking and Locking Options” section on page 4-3.
Step 4
Scroll to LSC and press the Update softkey.
The phone prompts for an authentication string.
Step 5
Enter the authentication code and press the Submit softkey.
The phone begins to install, update, or remove the LSC, depending on how the CAPF was configured.
During the procedure, a series of messages appears in the LSC option field in the Security Configuration
menu, so you can monitor progress.
The LSC install, update, or removal process can take a long time to complete. You can stop the process
at any time by pressing the Stop softkey from the Security Configuration menu. (Settings must be
unlocked before you can press this softkey.)
You can verify that an LSC is installed on the phone by choosing Administrator Settings > Phone
Information and ensuring that the LSC setting shows Installed.
Related Topic
Understanding Security Features for Cisco Unified IP Phones, page 1-14
3-16
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
CH A P T E R
4
Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone
The Cisco Unified IP Phone includes many configurable network settings that you may need to modify
before the phone is functional for your users. You can access these settings, and change some of them,
through menus on the phone. Settings that are display-only on the phone are configured in Cisco Unified
CM Administration.
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Configuration Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 4-1
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4
•
IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 4-6
•
Security Configuration Menu, page 4-9
Configuration Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
The Cisco Unified IP Phone includes the following configuration menus:
•
Network Setup—Provides options for viewing and making a variety of network settings. For more
information, see the “Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4.
•
IPv4 Configuration—A sub-menu of the Network Setup menu, the IPv4 menu items provide
additional network options for viewing and setting. For more information, see the “IPv4 Setup Menu
Options” section on page 4-6.
Before you can change option settings on the Network Setup menu, you must unlock options for editing.
See the “Unlocking and Locking Options” section on page 4-3 for instructions.
For information about the keys you can use to edit or change option settings, see the “Editing Values”
section on page 4-3.
You can control whether a phone user has access to phone settings by using the Settings Access field in
the Cisco Unified CM Administration Phone Configuration window.
Related Topics
•
Displaying a Configuration Menu, page 4-2
•
Unlocking and Locking Options, page 4-3
•
Editing Values, page 4-3
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
4-1
Chapter
Configuration Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
•
IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 4-6
Displaying a Configuration Menu
To display a configuration menu, perform the following steps.
Note
You can control whether a phone has access to the Settings menu or to options on this menu by using the
Settings Access field in the Cisco Unified CM Administration Phone Configuration window. The
Settings Access field accepts these values:
•
Enabled—Allows access to the Settings menu.
•
Disabled—Prevents access to the Settings menu.
•
Restricted—Allows access to the User Preferences menu and allows volume changes to be saved.
Prevents access to other options on the Settings menu.
If you cannot access an option on the Administrator Settings menu, check the Settings Access field.
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button.
Step 2
Select Admin Settings.
Note
Step 3
Enter the password and then press the Select button. The Admin Settings password is configured in the
Local Phone Unlock Password parameter in the Common Phone Profile Configuration on
Cisco Unified CM Administration.
Note
Step 4
For information about the Status menu, see Chapter 7, “Viewing Model Information, Status, and
Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.” For information about the Reset Settings menu, see
Chapter 9, “Troubleshooting and Maintenance.”
Users can access the Admin Settings without entering a password when the Local Phone Unlock
Password parameter is not configured
Perform one of these actions to display the desired menu:
•
Use the navigation bar to select the desired menu and then press the Select button.
•
Use the keypad on the phone to enter the number that corresponds to the menu.
Step 5
To display a submenu repeat Step 4.
Step 6
To exit a menu, press the Exit softkey.
Related Topics
4-2
•
Unlocking and Locking Options, page 4-3
•
Editing Values, page 4-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Configuration Menus on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4
•
IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 4-6
Unlocking and Locking Options
You can apply a password to the phone so that no changes can be made to the administrative options on
the phone without the password being entered on the Admin Settings phone screen.
To apply a password to the phone, in Cisco Unified CM administration, navigate to the Common Phone
Profile Configuration window (Device > Device Settings > Common Phone Profile). Enter a password
in the Local Phone Unlock Password option. Apply the password to the common phone profile that the
phone uses.
Related Topics
•
Displaying a Configuration Menu, page 4-2
•
Editing Values, page 4-3
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4
•
IPv4 Setup Menu Options, page 4-6
Editing Values
When you edit the value of an option setting, follow these guidelines:
Note
•
Use the keys on the keypad to enter numbers and letters.
•
To enter letters by using the keypad, use a corresponding number key. Press the key one or more
times to display a particular letter. For example, press the 2 key once for “a,” twice quickly for “b,”
and three times quickly for “c.” After you pause, the cursor automatically advances to allow you to
enter the next letter.
•
To enter a period (for example, in an IP address), press * on the keypad.
•
Press the up arrow on the navigation bar to move the cursor to the left most character, and press the
down arrow on the navigation bar to move the cursor to the right most character.
•
Press
•
Press the Cancel softkey before pressing the Save softkey to discard any changes that you have
made.
if you make a mistake. This softkey deletes the character to the left of the cursor.
The Cisco Unified IP Phone provides several methods you can use to reset or restore option settings, if
necessary. For more information, see the “Resetting or Restoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section
on page 9-12.
Related Topics
•
Displaying a Configuration Menu, page 4-2
•
Unlocking and Locking Options, page 4-3
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4
•
Network Setup Menu, page 4-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
4-3
Chapter
Network Setup Menu
Network Setup Menu
The Network Setup menu provides options for viewing and making a variety of network settings.
Table 4-1 describes these options and, where applicable, explains how to change them.
For information about how to access the Network Setup menu, see the “Displaying a Configuration
Menu” section on page 4-2.
For information about the keys you can use to edit options, see the “Editing Values” section on page 4-3.
Table 4-1
Network Setup Menu Options
Option
Description
To Change
IPv4 Setup
In the IPv4 Setup submenu, you can do the following:
Scroll to IPv4 Setup and press
Select.
•
Enable or disable the phone to use the IP address that
is assign by the DHCP server.
•
Manually set the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default
Routers, DNS Server, and Alternate TFTP servers.
For more information on the IPv4 address fields, refer to
Table 4-2.
Host Name
Unique host name that the DHCP server assigned to the
phone.
Domain Name
Name of the Domain Name System (DNS) domain in
which the phone resides.
Display only—Cannot configure.
1.
Set the DHCP Enabled option to
No.
2.
Scroll to the Domain Name
option, press the Edit softkey,
and then enter a new domain
name.
3.
Press the Apply softkey, then
press Save.
Operational VLAN ID
Display only—Cannot configure.
Auxiliary Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN)
configured on a Cisco Catalyst switch in which the phone The phone obtains its Operational
is a member.
VLAN ID via Cisco Discovery
Protocol (CDP) from the switch to
If the phone has not received an auxiliary VLAN, this
which the phone is attached. To
option indicates the Administrative VLAN.
assign a VLAN ID manually, use the
If neither the auxiliary VLAN nor the Administrative
Admin VLAN ID option.
VLAN are configured, this option defaults to a VLAN ID
of 4095.
Admin. VLAN ID
Auxiliary VLAN in which the phone is a member.
1.
Scroll to the Admin. VLAN ID
option, press the Edit softkey,
and then enter a new Admin
VLAN setting.
2.
Press the Apply softkey, then
press Save.
Used only if the phone does not receive an auxiliary
VLAN from the switch; otherwise it is ignored.
4-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Network Setup Menu
Table 4-1
Network Setup Menu Options (continued)
Option
Description
PC VLAN
Allows the phone to interoperate with 3rd party switches
that do not support a voice VLAN. The Admin VLAN ID
option must be set before you can change this option.
SW Port Setup
Speed and duplex of the network port. Valid values:
•
Auto Negotiate
•
1000 Full—1000-BaseT/full duplex (Supported only
for Cisco Unified IP Phone 6945.)
•
100 Half—100-BaseT/half duplex
•
100 Full—100-BaseT/full duplex
•
10 Half—10-BaseT/half duplex
•
10 Full—10-BaseT/full duplex
If the phone is connected to a switch, configure the port
on the switch to the same speed/duplex as the phone, or
configure both to auto-negotiate.
To Change
1.
Make sure the Admin VLAN ID
option is set.
2.
Scroll to the PC VLAN option,
press the Edit softkey, and then
enter a new PC VLAN setting.
3.
Press the Apply softkey, then
press Save.
1.
Unlock network setup options.
2.
Scroll to the SW Port Setup
option and then press the Edit
softkey.
3.
Scroll to the setting that you
want and then press the Select
button.
To configure the setting on multiple
phones simultaneously, enable the
Switch Port Remote Configuration in
the Enterprise Phone Configuration
(System > Enterprise Phone
Configuration).
If you change the setting of this option, you must change Note
the PC Port Configuration option to the same setting.
If the ports are configured for
Switch Port Remote
Configuration in Unified
CM, the data cannot be
changed on the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
4-5
Chapter
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
Table 4-1
Network Setup Menu Options (continued)
Option
Description
PC Port Setup
Speed and duplex of the access port. Valid values:
•
Auto Negotiate
•
1000 Full—1000-BaseT/full duplex (Supported only
for Cisco Unified IP Phone 6945.)
•
100 Half—100-BaseT/half duplex
•
100 Full—100-BaseT/full duplex
•
10 Half—10-BaseT/half duplex
•
10 Full—10-BaseT/full duplex
If the phone is connected to a switch, configure the port
on the switch to the same speed/duplex as the phone, or
configure both to auto-negotiate.
To Change
1.
Unlock network setup options.
2.
Scroll to the PC Port Setup
option and then press the Edit
softkey.
3.
Scroll to the setting that you
want and then press the Select
button.
To configure the setting on multiple
phones simultaneously, enable the
PC Port Remote Configuration in the
Enterprise Phone Configuration
(System > Enterprise Phone
Configuration).
If you change the setting of this option, you must change Note
the SW Port Configuration option to the same setting.
LLDP-MED: Switch Port Enables and disables Link Layer Discovery Protocol
Media Endpoint Discovery (LLDP-MED) on the switch
port. Use this setting to force the phone to use a specific
discovery protocol, which should match the protocol
supported by the switch. Settings include:
•
Enabled—default
•
Disabled
If the ports are configured for
PC Port Remote
Configuration in Unified
CM, the data cannot be
changed on the phone.
From Cisco Unified CM
Administration, choose
Device > Phone > Phone
Configuration.
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
The IPv4 Setup menu is a submenu of the Network Setup menu. To reach the IPv4 Setup menu, select
the IPv4 option on the Network Setup menu.
4-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
Table 4-2 describes the IPv4 Setup menu options.
For information about the keys you can use to edit options, see the “Editing Values” section on page 4-3.
Table 4-2
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
Option
Description
To Change
DHCP
Indicates whether the phone has DHCP enabled or
disabled.
Scroll to the DHCP option, press the
Edit softkey, then press either the No
softkey to disable DHCP, or press the
Yes softkey to enable DHCP.
When DHCP is enabled, the DHCP server assigns the
phone an IP address. When DHCP is disabled, the
administrator must manually assign an IP address to
the phone.
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Router 1
DNS Server 1
Internet Protocol (IP) address of the phone.
1.
Set the DHCP option to No.
If you assign an IP address with this option, you must also
assign a subnet mask and default router. See the Subnet
Mask and Default Router options in this table.
2.
Scroll to the IP Address option,
press the Edit softkey, and then
enter a new IP Address.
3.
Press the Apply softkey, then
press Save.
1.
Set the DHCP Enabled option to
No.
2.
Scroll to the Subnet Mask
option, press the Edit softkey,
and then enter a new subnet
mask.
3.
Press the Apply softkey, then
press Save.
1.
Set the DHCP Enabled option to
No.
2.
Scroll to the appropriate Default
Router option, press the Edit
softkey, and then enter a new
router IP address.
3.
Press the Apply softkey, then
press Save.
1.
Set the DHCP Enabled option to
No.
2.
Scroll to the appropriate DNS
Server option, press the Edit
softkey, and then enter a new
DNS server IP address.
3.
Press the Apply softkey, then
press Save.
Subnet mask used by the phone.
Default router used by the phone (Default Router 1).
Primary Domain Name System (DNS) server (DNS Server
1) and optional backup DNS servers (DNS Server 2–5)
used by the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
4-7
Chapter
IPv4 Setup Menu Options
Table 4-2
IPv4 Setup Menu Options (continued)
Option
Description
To Change
Alternate TFTP
Indicates whether the phone is using an alternative TFTP
server.
Scroll to the Alternate TFTP option
and press the Yes softkey if the phone
should use an alternative TFTP
server; press the No softkey if the
phone should not use an alternative
TFTP server.
TFTP Server 1
Primary Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server used
by the phone. If you are not using DHCP in your network
and you want to change this server, you must use the TFTP
Server 1 option.
1.
If DHCP is enabled, set the
Alternate TFTP option to Yes.
2.
Scroll to the TFTP Server 1
option, press the Edit softkey,
and then enter a new TFTP
server IP address.
3.
Press the Apply softkey, then
press Save.
1.
Enter an IP address for the TFTP
Server 1 option.
2.
Scroll to the TFTP Server 2
option, press the Edit softkey,
and then enter a new backup
TFTP server IP address.
3.
Press the Apply softkey, then
press Save.
If you set the Alternate TFTP option to yes, you must enter
a non-zero value for the TFTP Server 1 option.
TFTP Server 2
Optional backup TFTP server that the phone uses if the
primary TFTP server is unavailable.
DHCP Address
Released
Releases the IP address assigned by DHCP.
Scroll to the DHCP Address
Released option and press the Edit
softkey, then press the Yes softkey to
release the DHCP Address.
Related Topics
4-8
•
Displaying a Configuration Menu, page 4-2
•
Unlocking and Locking Options, page 4-3
•
Editing Values, page 4-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Security Configuration Menu
Security Configuration Menu
The Security Configuration menu provides information about various security settings. It provides
access to the Trust List File screen and the 802.1x authentication.
Table 4-3 describes the options in this menu.
Table 4-3
Security Menu Settings
Option
Description
To Change
Security Mode
Displays the security mode that is set for the
phone.
From Cisco Unified CM Administration, choose
Device > Phone > Phone Configuration.
LSC
Indicates if a locally significant certificate (used
for the security features) is installed on the
phone (Installed) or is not installed on the phone
(Not Installed).
For information about how to manage the LSC for
your phone, refer to the “Using the Certificate
Authority Proxy Function” chapter in Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Security
Guide.
Trust List
The Trust List provides submenus for CTL
signature and Call Manager/TFTP Server.
For more information, see the “Trust List Menu”
section on page 4-9.
802.1X
Authentication
Displays the device authentication, EAP/MD5,
and transaction status.
See the “802.1X Authentication and Status”
section on page 4-9.
Trust List Menu
The Trust List menu displays information about all of the servers that the phone trusts and includes the
options described in Table 4-4.
To exit the Trust List menu, press the back softkey.
Table 4-4
Trust List Menu Settings
Option
Description
To Change
CTL Signature
Displays the MD5 hash of the CTL file.
For more information about this file, go to
Configuring the Cisco CTL Client in Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Security Guide.
Call Manager/TFTP Common Name (from the Cisco Unified CM
Server
Certificate) of a Cisco Unified CM and the
TFTP server used by the phone. Displays a
Certified icon
if the server is an
authenticated server
For more information about this file, go to
Configuring the Cisco CTL Client in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Security Guide.
802.1X Authentication and Status
The 802.1X Authentication and 802.1X Authentication Status menus allow you to enable 802.1X
authentication and view transaction status. These options are described in Table 4-5.
To exit these menus, press the Exit softkey.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
4-9
Chapter
Security Configuration Menu
Table 4-5
802.1X Authentication Settings
Option
Description
Device Authentication
Determines whether 802.1X authentication
is enabled:
•
•
EAP-MD5
Enabled—Phone uses 802.1X
authentication to request network
access.
Disabled—Default setting in which the
phone uses CDP to acquire VLAN and
network access.
Device ID—A derivative of the phone’s
model number and unique MAC address
displayed in this format:
CP-<model>-SEP-<MAC>
Shared Secret—Choose a password to use on
the phone and on the authentication server.
The password must be between 6 and 32
characters, consisting of any combination of
numbers or letters.
Note
4-10
1.
Choose Applications > Admin Settings >
Security Config > 802.1X Authentication >
Device Authentication.
2.
Press Edit softkey.
3.
Set the Device Authentication option to
Enabled or Disabled.
4.
Press the Save softkey.
1.
Choose Applications > Admin Settings >
Security Config > 802.1X Authentication >
EAP/MD5 > Device ID.
2.
Press the Edit softkey.
3.
Set the Device ID.
4.
Press the Save softkey.
1.
Choose Applications > Admin Settings >
Security Config > 802.1X Authentication >
EAP-MD5 > Shared Secret.
2.
Press the Edit softkey.
3. Enter the shared secret.
If you disable 802.1X authentication
4. Press the Save softkey.
or perform a factory reset of the
phone, the shared secret is deleted. See the “Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone
Security” section on page 9-8 for assistance in
recovering from a deleted shared secret.
Realm—Indicates the user network domain,
always set as Network.
Transaction Status
To Change
Displays the transaction status of your
802.1X Authentication.
1.
Choose Applications > Admin Settings >
Security Config > 802.1X Authentication >
EAP-MD5 > Realm.
2.
Press the Edit softkey.
3.
Enter the Network.
4.
Press the Save softkey.
To view the transaction status of your 802.1X
Authentication, choose Applications > Admin
Settings > Security Configuration > 802.1X
Authentication Status.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
CH A P T E R
5
Configuring Features, Templates, Services,
and Users
After you install Cisco Unified IP Phones in your network, configure their network settings, and add
them to Cisco Unified CM, you must use the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
application to configure telephony features, optionally modify phone templates, set up services, and
assign users.
This chapter provides an overview of these configuration and setup procedures. The Cisco Unified CM
documentation provides detailed instructions for these procedures.
To list supported features for all phones or for a particular phone model on your Cisco Unified
Communications Manager, you can generate a Unified CM Phone Feature List report on Cisco Unified
Reporting.
For suggestions about how to provide users with information about features, and what information to
provide, see Appendix A, “Providing Information to Users Via a Website.”
For information about setting up phones in non-English environments, see Appendix C, “Technical
Specifications.”
This chapter includes following topics:
•
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 5-1
•
Join and Direct Transfer Policy, page 5-15
•
Modifying Phone Button Templates, page 5-17
•
Configuring Softkey Templates, page 5-19
•
Setting Up Services, page 5-21
•
Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page 5-22
•
Managing the User Options Web Pages, page 5-22
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
After you add Cisco Unified IP Phones to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you can add
functionality to the phones. Table 5-1 includes a list of supported telephony features, many of which you
can configure using Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. The Reference column
lists Cisco Unified Communications Manager and other documentation that contains configuration
procedures and related information.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-1
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
For information about using most of these features on the phone, refer to Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921,
6941, and 6961 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5.
Note
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration also provides several service parameters that
you can use to configure various telephony functions. For more information on accessing and
configuring service parameters, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide.
For more information on the functions of a service, select the name of the parameter or the question mark
help button in the Service Parameter Configuration window.
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Abbreviated dialing
Allows users to speed dial a phone number by
entering an assigned index code (1-99) on the
phone keypad.
For more information, see the following:
Note
You can use Abbreviated Dialing while
on-hook or off-hook.
Users assign index codes from the User Options
web pages.
Agent Greeting
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP
Phone Configuration.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Allows an agent to create and update a prerecorded For more information, see the following:
greeting that plays at the beginning of a call, such
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
as a customer call, before the agent begins the
Features and Services Guide, Barge and
conversation with the caller. The agent can
Privacy.
prerecord a single greeting or multiple ones as
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
needed.
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone.
When a customer calls, both the agent and the
customer hear the prerecorded greeting. The agent
can remain on mute until the greeting ends or
answer the call over the greeting.
All codecs supported for the phone are supported
for Agent Greeting calls.
To enable Agent Greeting in the Cisco Unified CM
Administration application, choose Device >
Phone, locate the IP Phone that you want to
configure. Scroll to the Device Information Layout
pane and set Built In Bridge to On or Default.
If Built In Bridge is set to Default, in the
Cisco Unified CM Administration application,
choose System > Service Parameter and select
the appropriate Server and Service. Scroll to the
Clusterwide Parameters (Device - Phone) pane and
set Builtin Bridge Enable to On.
Any Call Pickup
5-2
Allows users to pick up a call on any line in their
call pickup group, regardless of how the call was
routed to the phone.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, “Call Pickup Configuration.”
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Audible Message
Waiting Indicator
(AMWI)
A stutter tone from the handset, headset, or
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
speakerphone indicates that a user has one or more Communications Manager System Guide,
new voice messages on a line.
Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Note
Configuration Reference
The stutter tone is line-specific. You hear it
only when using the line with the waiting
messages.
Auto Answer
Connects incoming calls automatically after a ring For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
or two.
Guide, Directory Number Configuration.
Auto Answer works with either the speakerphone
or the headset.
Automatic Port
Synchronization
When the Cisco Unified CM administrator uses the
Remote Port Configuration feature to set the speed
and duplex function of an IP phone remotely, loss
of packets can occur if one port is slower than the
other.
To configure the parameter in the Cisco
Unified CM Administration application,
choose Device > Phone, select the appropriate
IP phones, and scroll to the Product Specific
Configuration Layout pane.
The Automatic Port Synchronization feature
synchronizes the ports to the lowest speed among
the two ports, which eliminates packet loss. When
automatic port synchronization is enabled, it is
recommended that both ports be configured for
autonegotiate. If one port is enabled for
autonegotiate and the other is at a fixed speed, the
phone synchronizes to the fixed port speed.
To configure the setting on multiple phones
simultaneously, enable Automatic Port
Synchronization in either the Enterprise Phone
Configuration (System > Enterprise Phone
Configuration) or the Common Phone Profile
Configuration (Device > Device Settings >
Common Phone Profile).
Note
If both the ports are configured for fixed
speed, the Automatic Port Synchronization
feature is ineffective.
The Remote Port Configuration and
Automatic Port Synchronization features
are compatible only with IEEE 802.3AF
Power of Ethernet (PoE) switches.
Switches that support only Cisco Inline
Power are not compatible. Enabling this
feature on phones that are connected to
these types of switches could result in loss
of connectivity to Cisco Unified CM, if the
phone is powered by PoE.
Auto-pickup
Allows a user to use one-touch pickup
functionality for call pickup features.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Call Pickup.
Block external to
external transfer
Prevents users from transferring an external call to For more information, see the Cisco Unified
another external number.
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, External Call Transfer
Restrictions.
Busy Lamp Field
(BLF)
Allows a user to monitor the call state of a
directory number associated with a speed-dial
button on the phone.
For more information, go to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Presence.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-3
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Busy Lamp Field
(BLF) Pickup
Provides enhancements to BLF speed dial. Allows For more information, see the Cisco Unified
you to configure a Directory Number (DN) that a Communications Manager Features and
user can monitor for incoming calls. When the DN Services Guide, Call Pickup.
receives an incoming call, the system alerts the
monitoring user, who can then pick up the call.
Call Back
Provides users with an audio and visual alert on the For more information, see the following:
phone when a busy or unavailable party becomes
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
available.
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
Call display
restrictions
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, Cisco Call
Back.
Determines the information that will display for
For more information, refer to:
calling or connected lines, depending on the parties
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
who are involved in the call.
Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP
Phone Configuration.
Call Forward
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Understanding Route
Plans.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, Call Display
Restrictions.
Allows users to redirect incoming calls to another For more information, see the following:
number. Call forward options include Call Forward
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
All, Call Forward Busy, Call Forward No Answer,
Administration Guide, Directory Number
and Call Forward No Coverage.
Configuration.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
“Specifying Options that Appear on the
User Options Web Pages” section on
page 5-24
Call forward all loop
breakout
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Detects and prevents Call Forward All loops.
When a Call Forward All loop is detected, the Call Communications Manager System Guide,
Forward All configuration is ignored and the call Cisco Unified IP Phone.
rings through.
Call forward all loop
prevention
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Prevents a user from configuring a Call Forward
All destination directly on the phone that creates a Communications Manager System Guide,
Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Call Forward All loop or that creates a Call
Forward All chain with more hops than the existing
Forward Maximum Hop Count service parameter
allows.
5-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Call forward
configurable display
Allows you to specify information that appears on For more information, see the following:
a phone when a call is forwarded. This information
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
can include the caller name, caller number,
Administration Guide, Directory Number
redirected number, and original dialed number.
Configuration.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Call forward
destination override
Allows you to override Call Forward All (CFA) in For more information, see the Cisco Unified
cases where the CFA target places a call to the CFA Communications Manager System Guide,
Understanding Directory Numbers.
initiator. This feature allows the CFA target to
reach the CFA initiator for important calls. The
override works whether the CFA target phone
number is internal or external.
Call park
Allows users to park (temporarily store) a call and For more information, see the Cisco Unified
then retrieve the call by using another phone in the Communications Manager Features and
Cisco Unified Communications Manager system. Services Guide, Call Park and Directed Call
Park.
Call pickup
Allows users to redirect a call that is ringing on
another phone within their pickup group to their
phone.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Call Pickup.
You can configure an audio and/or visual alert for
the primary line on the phone. This alert notifies
the users that a call is ringing in their pickup group.
Call recording
Allows a supervisor to record an active call. The
user might hear a recording audible alert tone
during a call when it is being recorded.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Monitoring and Recording.
When a call is secured, the security status of the
call is displayed as a lock icon on Cisco Unified IP
Phones. The connected parties might also hear an
audible alert tone that indicates the call is secured
and is being recorded.
Note
Call waiting
When an active call is being monitored or
recorded, you can receive or place
intercom calls; however, if you place an
intercom call, the active call will be put on
hold, which causes the recording session to
terminate and the monitoring session to
suspend. To resume the monitoring
session, the party whose call is being
monitored must resume the call.
Indicates (and allows users to answer) an incoming For more information, refer to:
call that rings while on another call. Incoming call
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
information appears on the phone display.
System Guide, Understanding Directory
Numbers.
•
“Configuring the Phone to Support Call
Waiting” section on page 5-25
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-5
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Caller ID
Caller identification such as a phone number,
For more information, refer to:
name, or other descriptive text appear on the phone
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
display.
Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP
Phone Configuration.
Caller ID Blocking
Allows a user to block their phone number or
e-mail address from phones that have caller
identification enabled.
Configuration Reference
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Understanding Route
Plans.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, Call Display
Restrictions.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Directory Number
Configuration.
For more information, refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Understanding Route
Plans.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Directory Number
Configuration.
CAST for SIP
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Establishes communication between the Cisco
Unified Video Advantage (CUVA) and the Cisco Communications Manager Features and
Unified IP phones to support video on the PC even Services Guide.
if the IP phone does not have video capability.
cBarge
Allows a user to join a non-private call on a shared For more information, refer to:
phone line. cBarge adds a user to a call and
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
converts it into a conference, allowing the user and
Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP
other parties to access conference features
Phone Configuration.
Cisco Extension
Mobility
Allows users to temporarily access their Cisco
Unified IP Phone configuration such as line
appearances, services, and speed dials from shared
Cisco Unified IP Phone by logging into the Cisco
Extension Mobility service on that phone when
they log into the Cisco Extension Mobility service
on that phone.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, Barge and
Privacy.
For more information, go to the "Cisco
Extension Mobility" chapter in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide.
Cisco Extension Mobility can be useful if users
work from a variety of locations within your
company or if they share a workspace with
coworkers.
5-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Cisco Extension
Enables a user configured in one cluster to log into For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Mobility Cross Cluster a Cisco Unified IP Phone in another cluster.
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Cisco Extension Mobility
Users from a home cluster log into a Cisco Unified
Cross Cluster.
IP Phone at a visiting cluster.
Note
Cisco Unified Video
Advantage (CUVA)
Configure Cisco Extension Mobility on
Cisco Unified IP Phones before you
configure EMCC.
Allows users to make video calls by using your
Cisco Unified IP Phone, your personal computer,
and an external video camera.
Note
Configure the Video Capabilities
parameter in the Product Specific
Configuration Layout section in Phone
Configuration.
Cisco Web Dialer
Allows users to make calls from web and desktop
applications.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Cisco Web Dialer.
Client matter codes
(CMC)
Enables a user to specify that a call relates to a
specific client matter.
For more information, see the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide, Client Matter Codes and
Forced Authorization Codes.
(SCCP phones only)
Conference
•
Allows a user to talk simultaneously with
multiple parties by calling each participant
individually. Conference features include
Conference and Meet-Me.
The service parameter, Advance Adhoc
Conference, (disabled by default in Cisco
Unified CM Administration) allows you to
enable these features.
•
Allows a non-initiator in a standard (ad hoc)
conference to add or remove participants; also
allows any conference participant to join
together two standard conferences on the same
line.
For information on conferences, see the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Conference Bridges.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager System Guide,
Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Note
Be sure to inform your users whether
these features are activated.
CTI Applications
A computer telephony integration (CTI) route
point can designate a virtual device to receive
multiple, simultaneous calls for
application-controlled redirection.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
Guide, CTI Route Point Configuration.
Direct transfer
Allows users to connect two calls to each other
(without remaining on the line).
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager System Guide,
Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-7
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Directed Call Park
Allows a user to transfer an active call to an
available directed call park number that the user
dials or speed dials.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Call Park and Directed Call
Park.
A Call Park BLF button indicates whether a
directed call park number is occupied and provides
speed-dial access to the directed call park number.
Note
If you implement Directed Call Park, avoid
configuring the Park softkey. This prevents
users from confusing the two Call Park
features.
Directed Call Pickup
Allows a user to answer a call that is ringing on a
particular directory number.
Distinctive ring
Users can customize how their phone indicates an For more information, see the Cisco Unified
incoming call and a new voice mail message.
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Call Pickup.
Divert
Allows a user to transfer a ringing, connected, or For more information, see the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
held call directly to a voice-messaging system.
When a call is diverted, the line becomes available and Services Guide, Immediate Divert.
to make or receive new calls.
Do Not Disturb (DND) When DND is turned on, either no audible rings
occur during the ringing-in state of a call, or no
audible or visual notifications of any type occur.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Call Pickup.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Do Not Disturb.
You can configure the phone to have a
phone-button template with DND as one of the
selected features.
The following DND-related parameters are
configurable in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration:
5-8
•
Do Not Disturb—This check box allows you
to enable DND on a per-phone basis. Use
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration > Device > Phone > Phone
Configuration.
•
DND Incoming Call Alert—Choose the type
of alert to play, if any, on a phone for incoming
calls when DND is active. This parameter is
located on both the Common Phone Profile
page and the Phone configuration page (Phone
Configuration window value takes
precedence).
•
BLF Status Depicts DND—Enables DND
status to override busy/idle state.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Fast Dial Service
Allows a user to enter a Fast Dial code to place a
call. Fast Dial codes can be assigned to phone
numbers or Personal Address Book entries. (See
“Services” in this table.)
For more information, see Modifying a Phone
Button Template for Personal Address Book or
Speed Dials, page 5-18.
Forced authorization
codes (FAC)
Controls the types of calls that certain users can
place.
For more information, see the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Features
and Services Guide, Client Matter Codes and
Forced Authorization Codes.
Group call pickup
Allows a user to answer a call that is ringing on a
directory number in another group.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Call Pickup.
Hold Reversion
Limits the amount of time that a call can be on hold For more information about configuring this
before reverting back to the phone that put the call feature, see the Cisco Unified Communications
on hold and alerting the user.
Manager Features and Services Guide, Hold
Reversion.
Reverting calls are distinguished from incoming
calls by a single ring (or beep, depending on the
new call indicator setting for the line). This
notification repeats at intervals if not resumed.
(SCCP phones only
A call that triggers Hold Reversion also displays an
animated icon in the call bubble.
You can configure call focus priority to favor
incoming or reverting calls.
Hold Status
Enables phones with a shared line to distinguish
between the local and remote lines that placed a
call on hold.
Hold/Resume
Allows the user to move a connected call from an
active state to a held state.
Hunt Group
No configuration is required.
•
Requires no configuration, unless you
want to use music on hold. See
“Music-on-Hold” in this table for
information.
•
See “Hold Reversion” in this table.
Provides load sharing for calls to a main directory For more information, see the following:
number. A hunt group contains a series of directory
• Cisco Communications Manager
numbers that can answer the incoming calls. When
Administration Guide, Hunt Group
the first directory number in the hunt group is busy,
Configuration.
the system hunts in a predetermined sequence for
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
the next available directory number in the group
System Guide, Understanding Route
and directs the call to that phone.
Plans.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-9
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Intercom
Allows users to place and receive intercom calls
using programmable phone buttons. You can
configure intercom line buttons to:
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Feature and
Services Guide, Intercom.
•
Directly dial a specific intercom extension.
•
Initiate an intercom call and then prompt the
user to enter a valid intercom number.
Note
Join Across Lines
If your user logs into the same phone on a
daily basis using their Cisco Extension
Mobility profile, assign the phone button
template that contains intercom
information to their profile, and assign the
phone as the default intercom device for
the intercom line.
Allows users to combine calls that are on multiple Some JTAPI/TAPI applications are not
phone lines to create a conference call.
compatible with the Join and Direct Transfer
feature implementation on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 and you
may need to configure the Join and Direct
Transfer Policy to disable join and direct
transfer on the same line or possibly across
lines. For more information, see the “Join and
Direct Transfer Policy” section on page 5-15.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager System Guide,
Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Join
Allows users to combine two calls that are on one Some JTAPI/TAPI applications are not
line to create a conference call and remain on
compatible with the Join and Direct Transfer
the call.
feature implementation on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 and you
may need to configure the Join and Direct
Transfer Policy to disable join and direct
transfer on the same line or possibly across
lines. For more information, see the “Join and
Direct Transfer Policy” section on page 5-15.
For more information:
5-10
•
Refer to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager System Guide, Cisco Unified IP
Phone”
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921,6941, 6945,
and 6961 User Guide, “Basic Call
Handling” chapter, “Making Conference
Calls” section
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
For more information:
Log out of hunt groups Allows users to log out of a hunt group and
temporarily block calls from ringing their phone
• See the “Configuring Softkey Templates”
when they are not available to take calls. Logging
section on page 5-19.
out of hunt groups does not prevent non-hunt group
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
calls from ringing their phone.
System Guide, Understanding Route
Plans.
Malicious caller
identification (MCID)
Allows users to notify the system administrator
about suspicious calls that are received.
For more information refer to:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone”
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide, Malicious
Call Identification.
Meet-Me conference
Allows a user to host a Meet-Me conference in
which other participants call a predetermined
number at a scheduled time.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
Guide, Meet-Me Number/Pattern
Configuration.
Message Waiting
Defines directory numbers for message-waiting on For more information, see the following:
and message-waiting off indicator. A directly
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
connected voice-messaging system uses the
Administration Guide, Message Waiting
specified directory number to set or to clear a
Configuration.
message-waiting indication for a particular Cisco
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Unified IP Phone.
System Guide, Voice Mail Connectivity to
Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
Message waiting
Indicator
A light on the handset that indicates that a user has For more information refer to:
one or more new voice messages.
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Message Waiting
Configuration.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Voice Mail Connectivity to
Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
Mobile Connect
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Enables users to manage business calls using a
single phone number and pick up in-progress calls Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Cisco Unified Mobility.
on the desk phone and a remote device such as a
mobile phone. Users can restrict the group of
callers according to phone number and time of day.
Mobile Voice Access
Extends Mobile Connect capabilities by allowing For more information, see the Cisco Unified
users to access an interactive voice response (IVR) Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Cisco Unified Mobility.
system to originate a call from a remote device
such as a cellular phone.
Music on hold
Plays music while callers are on hold.
Mute
Mutes the microphone from the handset or headset. Requires no configuration.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Music On Hold.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-11
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Onhook Dialing
Allows a user to dial a number without going off For more information, refer to the Cisco
hook. The user can then either pick up the handset Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
or press the Dial softkey.
User Guide, “Basic Call Handling.”
Other group pickup
Allows a user to answer a call ringing on a phone
in another group that is associated with the user's
group.
Plus Dialing
Allows the user to dial E.164 numbers prefixed
with a “+” sign.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Call Pickup.
To dial the + sign, the user needs to press and hold
the “*” key for at least 1 second. This applies to
dialing the first digit for an on-hook (including edit
mode) or off-hook call.
For more information, see the following:
Prevents users who share a line from adding
themselves to a call and from viewing information
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
on their phone display about the call of the other
Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP
user.
Phone Configuration.
Privacy
Private Line
Automated Ringdown
(PLAR)
The Cisco Unified Communications Manager
administrator can configure a phone number that
the Cisco Unified IP Phone dials as soon as the
handset goes off hook. This can be useful for
phones that are designated for calling emergency
or “hotline” numbers.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Features and Services Guide Barge and
Privacy.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration
Guide, Directory Number Configuration.
Programmable Feature The administrator can assign features, such as New For more information, refer to:
Buttons
Call, Call Back, and Forward All, etc. to line
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
buttons.
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Phone Button
Template Configuration.
Quality Reporting Tool Allows users to submit information about problem For more information refer to:
(QRT)
phone calls by pressing a button. QRT can be
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
configured for either of two user modes, depending
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone.
upon the amount of user interaction desired with
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
QRT.
Features and Services Guide, Quality
Report Tool.
Redial
5-12
Allows users to call the most recently dialed phone Requires no configuration.
number by pressing a button or the Redial softkey.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Reroute Direct Calls to Reroutes a direct call to users’ mobile phone to the For more information, see the Cisco Unified
Remote Destination to enterprise number (desk phone). For an incoming Communications Manager Features and
Services Guide, Cisco Unified Mobility.
Enterprise Number
call to remote destination (mobile phone), only
remote destination rings; desk phone does not ring.
When the call is answered on their mobile phone,
the desk phone displays a Remote In Use message.
During these calls, users can make use of various
features of their mobile phone.
Remote Port
Configuration
Allows the administrator to configure the speed
and duplex function of the phone Ethernet ports
remotely by using Cisco Unified CM
Administration. This enhances the performance for
large deployments with specific port settings.
Note
Ring Tone Setting
Secure Conference
To configure the parameter in the Cisco
Unified CM Administration application,
choose Device > Phone, select the appropriate
IP phone, and scroll to the Product Specific
Configuration Layout pane (Switch Port
Remote Configuration or PC Port Remote
If the ports are configured for Remote Port
Configuration).
Configuration in Cisco Unified CM, the
To configure the setting on multiple phones
data cannot be changed on the phone.
simultaneously, configure the remote
configuration in either Enterprise Phone
Configuration (System > Enterprise Phone
Configuration) or Common Phone Profile
Configuration (Device > Device Settings >
Common Phone Profile.
(Switch Port Remote Configuration or PC Port
Remote Configuration)
Identifies ring type used for a line when a phone
has another active call.
•
Allows secure phones to place conference
calls using a secured conference bridge.
•
As new participants are added by using
Confrn, Join, cBarge, Barge softkeys or
MeetMe conferencing, the secure call icon
displays as long as all participants use secure
phones.
•
The Conference List displays the security
level of each conference participant. Initiators
can remove non-secure participants from the
Conference List. (Non-initiators can add or
remove conference participants if the
Advanced Adhoc Conference Enabled
parameter is set.)
For more information, see the following:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Directory Number
Configuration.
•
“Creating Custom Phone Rings” section
on page 6-2.
For more information about security, see the
“Overview of Supported Security Features”
section on page 1-16.
For additional information, see the following:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, “Conference Bridges.”
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, “Conference
Bridge Configuration”.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Security Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-13
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Services URL button
Allows users to access services from a
programmable button rather than by using the
Services menu on a phone.
For more information, see the following:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP
Phone Configuration.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone
Services.
Services
For more information refer to:
Allows you to use the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Services Configuration menu in Cisco
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Unified Communications Manager Administration
Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP
to define and maintain the list of phone services to
Phone Configuration.
which users can subscribe.
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone
Services.
Shared line
Allows a user to have multiple phones that share For more information, see the Cisco Unified
the same phone number or allows a user to share a Communications Manager System Guide,
phone number with a coworker.
Understanding Directory Numbers.
Monitoring and
Recording
Allows a supervisor to silently monitor an active For more information, see the Cisco Unified
call. The supervisor cannot be heard by either party Communications Manager Features and
on the call. The user might hear a monitoring
Services Guide, Monitoring and Recording.
audible alert tone during a call when it is being
monitored.
When a call is secured, the security status of the
call is displayed as a lock icon on Cisco Unified IP
Phones. The connected parties might also hear an
audible alert tone that indicates the call is secured
and is being monitored.
Note
Speed-dialing
When an active call is being monitored or
recorded, you can receive or place
intercom calls; however, if you place an
intercom call, the active call will be put on
hold, which causes the recording session to
terminate and the monitoring session to
suspend. To resume the monitoring
session, the party whose call is being
monitored must resume the call.
Dials a specified number that has been previously For more information, see the following:
stored.
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP
Phone Configuration.
•
5-14
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Telephony Features Available for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Table 5-1
Telephony Features for the Cisco Unified IP Phone (continued)
Feature
Description
Configuration Reference
Time-of-Day Routing
Restricts access to specified telephony features by For more information refer to:
time period.
• Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Time Period
Configuration.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Time-of-Day Routing.
Time Zone Update
Updates the Cisco Unified IP Phone with time zone For more information, see the Cisco Unified
changes.
Communications Manager Administration
Guide, Date/Time Group Configuration.
Transfer
Allows users to redirect connected calls from their Some JTAPI/TAPI applications are not
phones to another number.
compatible with the Join and Direct Transfer
feature implementation on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 and you
may need to configure the Join and Direct
Transfer Policy to disable join and direct
transfer on the same line or possibly across
lines. For more information, see the “Join and
Direct Transfer Policy” section on page 5-15.
Transfer - Direct
Transfer
Transfer—The first invocation of Transfer will
always initiate a new call by using the same
directory number, after putting the active call on
hold.
Some JTAPI/TAPI applications are not
compatible with the Join and Direct Transfer
feature implementation on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 and you
may need to configure the Join and Direct
Transfer Policy to disable join and direct
transfer on the same line or possibly across
lines. For more information, see the “Join and
Direct Transfer Policy” section on page 5-15.
Direct Transfer—This transfer joins two
established calls (call is in hold or in connected
state) into one call and drops the feature initiator
from the call. Direct Transfer does not initiate a
consultation call and does not put the active call on
For more information, see the Cisco Unified
hold.
Communications Manager System Guide,
Understanding Directory Numbers.
Voice messaging
system
Enables callers to leave messages if calls are
unanswered.
For more information, see the following:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Cisco Voice-Mail
Port Configuration.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
System Guide, Voice Mail Connectivity to
Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
Join and Direct Transfer Policy
Some JTAPI/TAPI applications are not compatible with the Join and Direct Transfer feature
implementation on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961. In order for these
applications to control and monitor these phones, you must configure the Join and Direct Transfer Policy
to disable join and direct transfer on the same line or possibly across lines. You can configure the Join
and Direct Transfer Policy for the following:
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-15
Chapter
Configuring Corporate and Personal Directories
•
To configure the policy for all phones on the system, choose System > Enterprise Phone
Configurations from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.
•
To configure the policy to a group of phones, choose Device > Device Settings > Common Phone
Profile from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.
•
To configure the policy on an individual phone, configure the Join and Direct Transfer Policy in the
Phone Configuration for the specific phone.
Because this parameter can be configured in three different windows, the setting that takes precedence
is determined in the following order:
1.
Device Configuration window settings
2.
Common Phone Profile window settings
3.
Enterprise Phone Configuration window settings.
When you change the setting of the Join and Direct Transfer Policy Parameter, you must check the
“Override Common Settings” box for the setting to take effect. The default policy is to have Same line,
across line enabled for join and direct transfer.
To determine the proper setting for this parameter, refer to the documentation of the JTAPI/TAPI
application.
Configuring Corporate and Personal Directories
The Contact button on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 gives users access to several
directories. These directories can include:
•
Corporate Directory—Allows a user to look up phone numbers for co-workers.
To support this feature, you must configure corporate directories. See the “Configuring Corporate
Directories” section on page 5-16 for more information.
•
Personal Directory—Allows a user to store a set of personal numbers.
To support this feature, you must provide the user with software to configure the personal directory.
See the “Configuring Personal Directory” section on page 5-16 for more information.
Configuring Corporate Directories
Cisco Unified Communications Manager uses a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)
directory to store authentication and authorization information about users of Cisco Unified
Communications Manager applications that interface with Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
Authentication establishes the users’ rights to access the system. Authorization identifies the telephony
resources that a user is permitted to use, such as a specific phone extension.
For more information, go to Understanding Directory Numbers” in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager System Guide.
After completing the LDAP directory configuration, users can use the Corporate Directory service on
their Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961 to look up users in the corporate directory.
Configuring Personal Directory
Personal Directory consists of the following features:
5-16
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Modifying Phone Button Templates
•
Personal Address Book (PAB)
•
Speed Dials
•
Address Book Synchronization Tool (TABSynch)
Users can access Personal Directory features by these methods:
•
From a web browser—Users can access the PAB and Speed Dials features from the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager User Options web pages
•
From the Cisco Unified IP Phone—Choose Contacts to search the corporate directory or the user’s
personal directory.
•
From a Microsoft Windows application—Users can use the TABSynch tool to synchronize their
PABs with Microsoft Windows Address Book (WAB). Customers who want to use the Microsoft
Outlook Address Book (OAB) should begin by importing the data from the OAB into the Windows
Address Book (WAB). TabSync can then be used to synchronize the WAB with Personal Directory.
To ensure that Cisco IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer users have access only to end-user data that
pertains to them, activate the Cisco UXL Web Service in Cisco Unified Serviceability.
To configure Personal Directory from a web browsers, users must access their User Options web pages.
You must provide users with a URL and login information.
To synchronize with Microsoft Outlook, users must install the TABSynch utility, provided by you. To
obtain the TABSynch software to distribute to users, choose Application > Plugins from Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration, then locate and click Cisco IP Phone Address Book
Synchronizer.
Modifying Phone Button Templates
Phone button templates let you assign speed dials and call-handling features to programmable line
buttons. Call-handling features that can be assigned to buttons include call forward, hold, and
conference.
Ideally, you modify templates before registering phones on the network. In this way, you can access
customized phone button template options from Cisco Unified Communications Manager during
registration.
To modify a phone button template, choose Device > Device Settings > Phone Button Template in
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration. To assign a phone button template to a phone,
use the Phone Button Template field in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
Phone Configuration page. Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide and
Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide for more information.
•
The default Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921 template that ships with the phone uses buttons 1 and 2
for lines.
•
The default Cisco Unified IP Phone 6941 template that ships with the phone uses buttons 1 through
4 for lines.
•
The default Cisco Unified IP Phone 6945 template that ships with the phone uses buttons 1 through
4 for lines.
•
The default Cisco Unified IP Phone 6961 template that ships with the phone uses buttons 1 through
12 for lines.
To avoid confusion for users, do not assign a feature to a button and a softkey at the same time.
For more information about softkey templates, see Configuring Softkey Templates, page 5-19.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-17
Chapter
Modifying Phone Button Templates
Modifying a Phone Button Template for Personal Address Book or Speed Dials
You can modify a phone button template to associate a service URL with a line button. Doing so enables
users to have single-button access to the PAB and Speed Dials. Before you modify the phone button
template, you must configure PAB or Speed Dials as an IP phone service.
To configure PAB or Speed Dial as an IP phone service (if it is not already a service), follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device >Device Settings >
Phone Services.
The Find and List IP Phone Services window displays.
Step 2
Click Add New.
The IP Phone Services Configuration window displays.
Step 3
Enter the following settings:
•
Service Name and ASCII Service Name—Enter Personal Address Book.
•
Service Description—Enter an optional description of the service.
•
Service URL
For PAB, enter the following URL:
http://<Unified CM-server-name>:8080/ccmpd/login.do?name=#DEVICENAME#&service=pab
For Fast Dial, enter the following URL:
http://<Unified-CM-server-name>:8080/ccmpd/login.do?name=#DEVICENAME#&service=fd
Step 4
•
Service Category—Select XML Service.
•
Service Type—Select Directories.
•
Enable—Select the check box.
Click Save.
You can add, update, or delete service parameters as needed as described in the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone Services Configuration.
Note
If you change the service URL, remove an IP phone service parameter, or change the name
of a phone service parameter for a phone service to which users are subscribed, you must
click Update Subscriptions to update all currently subscribed users with the changes, or
users must resubscribe to the service to rebuild the correct URL.
To modify a phone button template for PAB or Fast Dial, follow these steps:
Procedure
5-18
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Device > Device Settings >
Phone Button Template.
Step 2
Click Find.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Configuring Softkey Templates
Step 3
Select the phone model.
Step 4
Click Copy, enter a name for the new template, and then click Save.
The Phone Button Template Configuration window opens.
Step 5
Identify the button you would like to assign, and select Service URL from the Features drop-down list
box associated with the line.
Step 6
Click Save to create a new phone button template using the service URL.
Step 7
Choose Device > Phone and open the Phone Configuration window for the phone.
Step 8
Select the new phone button template from the Phone Button Template drop-down list box.
Step 9
Click Save to store the change and then click Reset to implement the change.
The phone user can now access the User Options pages and associate the service with a button on the
phone.
For additional information on IP phone services, see the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone Services Configuration. For additional information on
configuring line buttons, go to the chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone Configuration.
Configuring Softkey Templates
Using Cisco Unified CM Administration, you can associate up to 18 softkeys with applications that are
supported by the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961. Cisco Unified CM support the Standard
User and Standard Feature softkey template.
An application that supports softkeys can have one or more standard softkey templates associated with
it. You can modify a standard softkey template by making a copy of it, giving it a new name, and making
updates to that copied softkey template. You can also modify a nonstandard softkey template.
To configure softkey templates, select Device > Device Settings > Softkey Template from
Cisco Unified CM Administration. To assign a softkey template to a phone, use the Softkey Template
field in the Cisco Unified CM Administration Phone Configuration page. Refer to the in the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, Softkey Template Configuration and the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide, Softkey Template.
The Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 do not support all the softkeys that are
configurable in Softkey Template Configuration on Cisco Unified CM Administration. Table 5-2 lists
the features, softkeys that can be configured on a softkey template, and note whether it is supported on
the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961.
Note
Cisco Unified Communications Manager allows you to configure any softkey in a softkey template, but
unsupported softkeys do not display on the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-19
Chapter
Configuring Softkey Templates
Table 5-2
Configurable Softkeys
Feature
Supported as a
softkey on Cisco
Configurable Softkeys in the Unified IP Phone
6921, 6941, 6945, and
Softkey Template
6961
Configuration
Notes
Answer
Answer (Answer)
Yes
—
Barge
Barge (Barge)
No
—
Call Back
Call Back (CallBack)
Yes
—
Call Forward All
Forward All (cfwdAll)
Yes
Phone displays Fwd ALL or Fwd Off.
Call Park
Call Park (Park)
Yes
—
Call Pickup
Pick Up (Pickup)
Yes
—
Conference
Conference (Confrn)
No
Conference is a dedicated button.
Conference List
Conference List (ConfList)
No
Phone displays Detail.
Divert
Immediate Divert (iDivert)
Yes
Phone displays Divert.
Do Not Disturb
Toggle Do Not Disturb
(DND)
No
Configure Do Not Disturb as a
programmable line button.
End Call
End Call (EndCall)
Yes
Phone displays Cancel if the call is not
answered.
Group Pickup
Group Pick UP (GPickUp)
Yes
—
Hold
Hold (Hold)
No
Hold is a dedicated button.
Hunt Group
HLog (HLog)
Yes
Configure Hunt Group as a
programmable feature button.
Join
Join (Join)
No
—
Malicious Call
Identification
Toggle Malicious Call
Identification (MCID)
No
Configure Malicious Call Identification
as a programmable feature button.
Meet Me
Meet Me (MeetMe)
Yes
—
Mobile Connect
Mobility (Mobility)
No
Configure Mobile Connect as a
programmable feature button.
New Call
New Call (NewCall)
Yes
Phone displays New Call.
Other Pickup
Other Pickup (oPickup)
Yes
—
Quality Reporting Tool
Quality Reporting Tool
(QRT)
No
Configure Quality Reporting Tool as a
programmable feature button.
Redial
Redial (Redial)
Yes
—
Remove Last Conference
Participant
Remove Last Conference
Participant (Remove)
Yes
Phone displays Remove when a
participant is selected.
Resume
Resume (Resume)
Yes
—
Select
Select (Select)
Yes
—
Speed Dial
Abbreviated Dial
(AbbrDial)
Yes
Phone displays SpeedDial.
5-20
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Setting Up Services
Table 5-2
Configurable Softkeys (continued)
Feature
Supported as a
softkey on Cisco
Configurable Softkeys in the Unified IP Phone
6921, 6941, 6945, and
Softkey Template
6961
Configuration
Notes
Transfer
Direct Transfer (DirTrfr)
Transfer is a dedicated button.
No
Configure transfer (Direct Transfer
policy) in the Product Specific
Configuration Layout section in Phone
Configuration.
Video Mode Command
Video Mode Command
(VidMode)
No
—
Setting Up Services
You can give users access to Cisco Unified IP Phone Services on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921,
6941, and 6961. You can also assign a button or a softkey to different phone services. These services
comprise XML applications that enable the display of interactive content with text and graphics on the
phone. Examples of services include local movie times, stock quotes, and weather reports.
Before a user can access any service,
•
You must use Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to configure available
services.
•
The user must subscribe to services using the Cisco Unified CM User Options application. This
web-based application provides a graphical user interface (GUI) for limited, end-user configuration
of IP Phone applications.
Before you set up services, gather the URLs for the sites you want to set up and verify that users can
access those sites from your corporate IP telephony network.
To set up these services, choose Device > Device Settings > Phone Services from Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration. For more information, see the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone Services
Configuration, and the Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide, Cisco Unified IP Phone
Services.
After you configure these services, verify that your users have access to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager User Options web-based application, from which they can select and
subscribe to configured services. See the “How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone
Features” section on page A-2 for a summary of the information that you must provide to end users.
Note
To configure Cisco Extension Mobility services for users, go to the Cisco Extension Mobility chapter in
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Features and Services Guide.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-21
Chapter
Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Adding users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager allows you to display and maintain
information about users and allows each user to perform these tasks:
•
Access the corporate directory and other customized directories from a Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
Create a personal directory.
•
Set up speed dial and call forwarding numbers.
•
Subscribe to services that are accessible from a Cisco Unified IP Phone.
You can add users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager using one of these following methods:
•
To add users individually, choose User Management > End User from Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, End
User Configuration.
•
To add users in batches, use the Bulk Administration Tool. This method also enables you to set an
identical default password for all users.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, Bulk
Administration.
•
To add users from your corporate LDAP directory, choose System > LDAP > LDAP System from
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.
Note
Once the Enable Synchronization from the LDAP Server is enabled, you will not be able to
add additional users from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
For more information on LDAP, see the Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide,
Understanding the Directory.
•
To add a user and phone at the same time choose User Management > User/Phone Add from Cisco
Unified Communications Manager.
Managing the User Options Web Pages
From the User Options web page, users can customize and control several phone features and settings.
For detailed information about the User Options web pages, refer to Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941,
and 6961 User Guide.
Giving Users Access to the User Options Web Pages
Before a user can access the User Options web pages, you must add the user to the standard Cisco
Unified Communications Manager end user group and associate the appropriate phone with the user.
To add the user to the standard Cisco Unified Communications Manager end user group, you must follow
these steps:
5-22
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Managing the User Options Web Pages
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose User Management > User
Groups.
The Find and List Users window displays.
Step 2
Enter the appropriate search criteria and click Find.
Step 3
Click the Standard CCM End Users link. The User Group Configuration page for the Standard CCM
End Users displays.
Step 4
Click Add End Users to Group. The Find and List Users window displays.
Step 5
Use the Find User drop-down list boxes to find the end users that you want to add and click Find.
Step 6
A list of end users that matches your search criteria displays.
Step 7
In the list of records that display, click the check box next to the users that you want to add to this user
group. If the list comprises multiple pages, use the links at the bottom to see more results.
Note
Step 8
The list of search results does not display end users that already belong to the user group.
Click Add Selected.
To associate phones with the user, you must follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose User Management > End User.
The Find and List Users window displays.
Step 2
Enter the appropriate search criteria and click Find.
Step 3
In the list of records that display, click the link for the user.
Step 4
Click Device Association.
The User Device Association window displays.
Step 5
Enter the appropriate search criteria and click Find.
Choose the device that you want to associate with the end user by checking the box to the left of the
device.
Step 6
Click Save Selected/Changes to associate the device with the end user.
Step 7
From Related Links drop-down list box in the upper, right corner of the window, select Back to User,
and click Go.
The End User Configuration window displays and the associated devices that you chose display in the
Controlled Devices pane.
Step 8
Click Save Selected/Changes.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-23
Chapter
Managing the User Options Web Pages
Make sure to provide end users with the following information about the User Options web pages:
The URL required to access the application. This URL is:
http://<server_name:portnumber>/ccmuser/, where server_name is the host name of the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager.
•
A user ID and default password are needed to access the application.
These settings correspond to the values you entered when you added the user to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (see the “Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager”
section on page 5-22).
For additional information, see the following:
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, User Group Configuration.
•
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide, End User Configuration.
Specifying Options that Appear on the User Options Web Pages
Most options that are on the User Options web pages appear by default. However, the following options
must be set by the system administrator by using Enterprise Parameters Configuration settings in Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration:
Note
•
Show Ring Settings
•
Show Line Text Label Settings
•
Show Call Forwarding
The settings apply to all User Options web pages at your site.
To specify the options that appear on the User Options web pages, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose System > Enterprise
Parameters.
The Enterprise Parameters Configuration window appears.
Step 2
5-24
In the CCMUser Parameters area, specify whether a parameter appears on the User Options web pages
by choosing one of these values from the Parameter Value drop-down list box for the parameter:
•
True—Option displays on the User Options web pages (default except for Show Ring Settings,
Show Line Text Label, and Show Call Forwarding).
•
False—Option does not display on the User Options web pages.
•
Show All Settings—All call forward settings display on the User Options web pages (default).
•
Hide All Settings—No call forward settings display on the User Options web pages.
•
Show Only Call Forward All—Only call forward all calls displays on the User Options web pages.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Configuring the Phone to Support Call Waiting
Configuring the Phone to Support Call Waiting
The Cisco Unified IP phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 support one call per line. Cisco Unified CM
sets the Maximum Number of Calls (MNC) per line, and Busy Trigger (BT) per line attributes to 1 and
these fields cannot be changed, As a result, the line appears to be busy to a second incoming call when
there is an active call present on the line. Cisco Unified Communications Manager forwards the second
incoming call based on the Call Forward Busy settings for the line. The user, who is on a call will not
be notified of an incoming call. Without further configurations, the phone does not support call waiting.
However, you can configure the phone to support call waiting and receive the call by configuring an
additional line on an unassigned programmable button. When the user receives an incoming call while
connected on a call, the phone plays the call waiting tone (single beep), displays a caller ID notification
and rolls the incoming call over to the other line.
To configure call waiting on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961:
1.
On an unassigned programmable button on the phone, configure an additional line by either
assigning the same directory number on a different partition or by assigned a different directory
number.
a. When you configure the second line by assigning the same directory number on more than one
line, the DN on the second line must be on a different partition. Each time that you assign the
same DN to another line, you must create a unique partition and assign the directory to that
partition.
b. When you configure the second line by assigning a different directory number, you must use a
previously unassigned and unlisted number.
The second line is an intermediary between the original line (your listed directory number) and your
call busy destination, such as your voice messaging system.
Note
2.
On the original line, configure the destination for the Call Forward Busy Internal and Call Forward
Busy External settings to your second line and the No Answer Ring Duration to a minimum of 10
seconds.
3.
On the second line, configure the standard Call Forward All settings that you would normally use
for the original line and set the No Answer Ring Duration to a minimum of 10 seconds.
You will need to assign a programmable button for each listed directory number.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
5-25
Chapter
Configuring the Phone to Support Call Waiting
5-26
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
CH A P T E R
6
Customizing the Cisco Unified IP Phone
This chapter explains how you customize configuration files and phone ring sounds, and how to disable
the phone screen to conserve power. Ring sounds play when the phone receives a call.
This chapter includes these topics:
•
Customizing and Modifying Configuration Files, page 6-1
•
Creating Custom Phone Rings, page 6-2
•
Configuring the Idle Display, page 6-4
•
Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Backlight, page 6-4
Customizing and Modifying Configuration Files
You can modify configuration files (for example, edit the xml files) and add customized files (for
example, custom ring tones, call back tones) to the TFTP directory. You can modify files and add
customized files to the TFTP directory in Cisco Unified Communications Operating System
Administration, from the TFTP Server File Upload window. Refer to Cisco Unified Communications
Operating System Administration Guide for information about how to upload files to the TFTP folder
on a Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.
You can obtain a copy of the DistinctiveRinglist.xml and List.xml files from the system using the
following admin command-line interface (CLI) “file” commands (for exact syntax, refer to the
Command Line Interface Reference Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Solutions):
•
admin:file
– file list
– file view
– file search
– file get
– file dump
– file tail
– file delete
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
6-1
Chapter
Creating Custom Phone Rings
Creating Custom Phone Rings
The Cisco Unified IP Phone ships with two default ring types that are implemented in hardware: Chirp1
and Chirp2. Cisco Unified Communications Manager also provides a default set of additional phone ring
sounds that are implemented in software as pulse code modulation (PCM) files. The PCM files, along
with an XML file (named DistinctiveRinglist.xml) that describes the ring list options that are available
at your site, exist in the TFTP directory on each Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.
For more information, see the Cisco Unified Communications Manager System Guide, Cisco TFTP, and
the Cisco Unified Communications Operating System Administration Guide, Software Upgrades.
The following sections describe how you can customize the phone rings that are available at your site
by creating PCM files and editing the DistinctiveRinglist.xml file:
•
DistinctiveRingList File Format Requirements, page 6-2
•
PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types, page 6-3
•
Configuring a Custom Phone Ring, page 6-3
DistinctiveRingList File Format Requirements
The DistinctiveRingList.xml file defines an XML object that contains a list of phone ring types. This file
can include up to 50 ring types. Each ring type contains a pointer to the PCM file that is used for that
ring type and the text that will appear on the Ring Type menu on a Cisco Unified IP Phone for that ring.
The Cisco TFTP server for each Cisco Unified Communications Manager contains this file.
The CiscoIPPhoneRinglist XML object uses the following simple tag set to describe the information:
<CiscoIPPhoneRingList>
<Ring>
<DisplayName/>
<FileName/>
</Ring>
</CiscoIPPhoneRingList>
The following characteristics apply to the definition names. You must include the required DisplayName
and FileName for each phone ring type.
Note
•
DisplayName defines the name of the custom ring for the associated PCM file that will display on
the Ring Type menu of the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
FileName specifies the name of the PCM file for the custom ring to associate with DisplayName.
The DisplayName and FileName fields must not exceed 25 characters.
This example shows a DistinctiveRinglist.xml file that defines two phone ring types:
<CiscoIPPhoneRingList>
<Ring>
<DisplayName>Analog Synth 1</DisplayName>
<FileName>Analog1.raw</FileName>
</Ring>
<Ring>
<DisplayName>Analog Synth 2</DisplayName>
<FileName>Analog2.raw</FileName>
</Ring>
</CiscoIPPhoneRingList>
6-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Creating Custom Phone Rings
PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types
The PCM files for the rings must meet the following requirements for proper playback on
Cisco Unified IP Phones:
•
Raw PCM (no header)
•
8000 samples per second
•
8 bits per sample
•
uLaw compression
•
Maximum ring size—16080 samples
•
Minimum ring size—240 samples
•
Number of samples in the ring is evenly divisible by 240.
•
Ring starts and ends at the zero crossing.
•
To create PCM files for custom phone rings, you can use any standard audio editing packages that
support these file format requirements.
Configuring a Custom Phone Ring
To create custom phone rings for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Create a PCM file for each custom ring (one ring per file). Ensure the PCM files comply with the format
guidelines that are listed in the “PCM File Requirements for Custom Ring Types” section on page 6-3.
Upload the new PCM files that you created to the Cisco TFTP server for each Cisco Unified
Communications Manager in your cluster. For more information, see the Cisco Unified Communications
Operating System Administration Guide, Software Upgrades.
Step 2
Use an text editor to edit the DistinctiveRinglist.xml file. See the “DistinctiveRingList File Format
Requirements” section on page 6-2 for information about how to format this file and for a sample
DistinctiveRinglist.xml file.
Step 3
Save your modifications and close the DistinctiveRinglist.xml file.
Step 4
To cache the new DistinctiveRinglist.xml file, stop and start the TFTP service by using Cisco Unified
Serviceability or disable and re-enable the “Enable Caching of Constant and Bin Files at Startup” TFTP
service parameter (located in the Advanced Service Parameters).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
6-3
Chapter
Configuring the Idle Display
Configuring the Idle Display
You can specify an idle display (text only; text-file size should not exceed 1M bytes) that appears on the
phone LCD screen. The idle display is an XML service that the phone invokes when the phone has been
idle (not in use) for a designated period and no feature menu is open.
For detailed instructions about creating and displaying the idle display, refer to Creating Idle URL
Graphics on Cisco Unified IP Phone at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/voicesw/ps556/products_tech_note09186a00801c0764.shtml
In addition, you can refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide or to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Bulk Administration Guide for the following information:
•
Specifying the URL of the idle display XML service:
– For a single phone—Idle field on the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Phone
configuration window
– For multiple phones simultaneously—URL Idle field on the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Enterprise Parameters configuration window, or the Idle field in the Bulk
Administration Tool (BAT)
•
Specifying the length of time that the phone is not used before the idle display XML service is
invoked:
– For a single phone—Idle Timer field on the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Phone
configuration window
– For multiple phones simultaneously—URL Idle Time field on the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Enterprise Parameters configuration window, or the
Idle Timer field in the Bulk Administration Tool (BAT)
From a phone, you can see settings for the idle display XML service URL and the length of time that the
phone is not used before this service is invoked. To see these settings, choose Administrator Settings
> Device Configuration and scroll to the Idle URL and the Idle URL Time parameters.
Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Backlight
To conserve power and ensure the longevity of the phone screen backlight, you can set the backlight to
turn off when it is not needed.
You can configure settings in Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to turn off the
backlight at a designated time on some days and all day on other days. For example, you may choose to
turn off the backlight after business hours on weekdays and all day on Saturdays and Sundays.
You can take any of these actions to turn on the backlight any time it is off:
•
Press any button on the phone.
The phone takes the action designated by that button in addition to turning on the backlight.
•
Lift the handset.
When you turn the backlight on, it remains on until the phone has remained idle for a designated length
of time, then it turns off automatically.
sushma
6-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Backlight
Table 6-1 explains the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration fields that control when
the backlight turns on and off. You configure these fields in Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Administration in the Product Specific configuration window. (You access this window by choosing
Device > Phone from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.)
Table 6-1
Backlight On and Off Configuration Fields
Field
Description
Days Backlight Not
Active
Days that the backlight does not turn on automatically at the time specified
in the Backlight On Time field.
Choose the day or days from the drop-down list. To choose more than one
day, Ctrl-click each day that you want.
Backlight On Time
Time each day that the backlight turns on automatically (except on the days
specified in the Days Backlight Not Active field).
Enter the time in this field in 24 hour format, where 0:00 is midnight.
For example, to automatically turn the backlight on at 7:00 a.m., (0700),
enter 7:00. To turn the backlight on at 2:00 p.m. (1400), enter 14:00.
If this field is blank, the backlight will automatically turn on at 0:00.
Backlight On Duration
Length of time that the backlight remains on after turning on at the time
specified in the backlight On Time field.
Enter the value in this field in the format hours:minutes.
For example, to keep the backlight on for 4 hours and 30 minutes after it
turns on automatically, enter 4:30.
If this field is blank, the phone will turn off at the end of the day (0:00).
Note
Backlight Idle Timeout
If Backlight On Time is 0:00 and the backlight on duration is blank
(or 24:00), the backlight will remain on continuously.
Length of time that the phone is idle before the backlight turns off. Applies
only when the backlight was off as scheduled and was turned on by an
end-user (by pressing a button on the phone or lifting the handset).
Enter the value in this field in the format hours:minutes.
For example, to turn the backlight off when the phone is idle for 1 hour and
30 minutes after an end-user turns the backlight on, enter 1:30.
The default value is 0:30.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
6-5
Chapter
Automatically Disabling the Cisco Unified IP Phone Backlight
6-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
CH A P T E R
7
Viewing Model Information, Status, and
Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone
This chapter describes how to use the following menus on the Cisco Unified IP phones 6921, 6941, 6945,
and 6961 to view model information, status messages, and network statistics for the phone:
•
Model Information screen—Displays hardware and software information about the phone. For more
information, see the “Model Information Screen” section on page 7-1.
•
Status menu—Provides access to screens that display the status messages, network statistics, and
statistics for the current call. For more information, see the “Status Menu” section on page 7-2.
You can use the information on these screens to monitor the operation of a phone and to assist with
troubleshooting.
You can also obtain much of this information, and obtain other related information, remotely through
the phone’s web page. For more information, see Chapter 8, “Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Remotely.”
For more information about troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961, see
Chapter 9, “Troubleshooting and Maintenance.”
This chapter includes these topics:
•
Model Information Screen, page 7-1
•
Status Menu, page 7-2
Model Information Screen
The Model Information screen includes the options described in Table 7-1.
To display the Model Information screen, press the Applications button and then select Phone
Information.
To exit the Model Information screen, press the Exit softkey.
Table 7-1
Model Information Settings for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6900 Series
Option
Description
To Change
Model Number
Model number of the phone.
Display only—cannot configure.
IP Address
IP address of the phone.
Display only—cannot configure.
MAC Address
MAC address of the phone.
Display only—cannot configure.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
7-1
Chapter
Status Menu
Table 7-1
Model Information Settings for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6900 Series (continued)
Option
Description
To Change
Unified Video
Advantage
Indicates if video call is enabled or disabled.
Display only—cannot configure.
Active Load
Version of firmware currently installed on the Display only—cannot configure.
phone.
Inactive Load
Version of firmware installed on the phone,
but not currently running. The "Inactive
Load" label also displays the status of the
load, such as "Upgrade in Progress" or
"Upgrade Failed."
Display only—cannot configure.
Last Upgrade
Date of the most recent firmware upgrade.
Display only—cannot configure.
Active Server
IP address or name of the server to which the Display only—cannot configure.
phone is registered.
Stand-by Server
IP address or name of the standby server.
Display only—cannot configure.
Backlight On Time
Time of day the backlight is to automatically
turn itself on for days listed in the off
schedule.
Display only—cannot configure.
Backlight On
Duration
Amount of time the backlight is to be active
for when it is turned on by the programmed
schedule.
Display only—cannot configure.
Backlight Idle
Timeout
Time duration how long to wait before the
backlight is turned off when it was turned on
by user activity.
Display only—cannot configure.
Days Backlight Not Days that the backlight is to remain off by
Active
default.
Display only—cannot configure.
Status Menu
To display the Status menu, press the Applications button and then select Administrator Settings >
Status. To exit the Status menu, press the Back
softkey.
The Status menu includes theses options, which provide information about the phone and its operation:
•
Status Messages—Displays the Status Messages screen, which shows a log of important system
messages. For more information, see the “Status Messages Screen” section on page 7-2.
•
Network Statistics—Displays the Network Statistics screen, which shows Ethernet traffic statistics.
For more information, see the “Network Statistics Screen” section on page 7-6.
•
Call Statistics—Displays counters and statistics for the current call. For more information, see the
“Call Statistics Screen” section on page 7-8.
Status Messages Screen
The Status Messages screen displays the 10 most recent status messages that the phone has generated.
You can access this screen at any time, even if the phone has not finished starting up. Table 7-2 describes
the status messages that might appear. This table also includes actions you can take to address errors.
7-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Status Menu
To display the Status Messages screen, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button.
Step 2
Select Admin Settings.
Step 3
Select Status.
Step 4
Select Status Messages.
To remove current status messages, press the Clear softkey.
To exit the Status Messages screen, press the Back
Table 7-2
softkey.
Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6900 Series
Message
Description
Possible Explanation and Action
CFG file not found
The name-based and default
configuration file was not found on the
TFTP Server.
The configuration file for a phone is created when the
phone is added to the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager database. If the phone has not been added to
the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
database, the TFTP server generates a CFG File Not
Found response.
•
Phone is not registered with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager.
You must manually add the phone to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager if you are not
allowing phones to auto-register. See the
“Adding Phones with Cisco Unified CM
Administration” section on page 2-10 for details.
•
If you are using DHCP, verify that the DHCP
server is pointing to the correct TFTP server.
•
If you are using static IP addresses, check
configuration of the TFTP server. See the
“Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4 for
details on assigning a TFTP server.
CFG TFTP Size Error
The configuration file is too large for file Power cycle the phone.
system on the phone.
Checksum Error
Downloaded software file is corrupted.
Obtain a new copy of the phone firmware and place it
in the TFTPPath directory. You should only copy files
into this directory when the TFTP server software is
shut down, otherwise the files may be corrupted.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
7-3
Chapter
Status Menu
Table 7-2
Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6900 Series (continued)
Message
Description
DHCP timeout
DHCP server did not respond.
DNS timeout
DNS unknown host
Duplicate IP
DNS server did not respond.
DNS could not resolve the name of the
TFTP server or Cisco Unified
Communications Manager.
Another device is using the IP address
assigned to the phone.
Error update locale
One or more localization files could not
be found in the TFTPPath directory or
were not valid. The locale was not
changed.
Possible Explanation and Action
•
Network is busy—The errors should resolve
themselves when the network load reduces.
•
No network connectivity between the DHCP
server and the phone—Verify the network
connections.
•
DHCP server is down—Check configuration of
DHCP server.
•
Errors persist—Consider assigning a static IP
address. See the “Network Setup Menu” section
on page 4-4 for details on assigning a static IP
address.
•
Network is busy—The errors should resolve
themselves when the network load reduces.
•
No network connectivity between the DNS server
and the phone—Verify the network connections.
•
DNS server is down—Check configuration of
DNS server.
•
Verify that the host names of the TFTP server or
Cisco Unified Communications Manager are
configured properly in DNS.
•
Consider using IP addresses rather than host
names.
•
If the phone has a static IP address, verify that
you have not assigned a duplicate IP address. See
the “Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4
section for details.
•
If you are using DHCP, check the DHCP server
configuration.
From Cisco Unified Operating System
Administration, check that the following files are
located within subdirectories in the TFTP File
Management:
•
Located in subdirectory with same name as
network locale:
– tones.xml
•
Located in subdirectory with same name as user
locale:
– glyphs.xml
– dictionary.xml
– kate.xml
7-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Status Menu
Table 7-2
Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6900 Series (continued)
Message
Description
Possible Explanation and Action
File not found
The phone cannot locate, on the TFTP
From Cisco Unified Operating System
server, the phone load file that is
Administration, make sure that the phone load file is
specified in the phone configuration file. on the TFTP server, and that the entry in the
configuration file is correct.
IP address released
The phone has been configured to release The phone remains idle until it is power cycled or you
its IP address.
reset the DHCP address. See the “Network Setup
Menu” section on page 4-4 for details.
Load ID incorrect
Load ID of the software file is of the
wrong type.
Check the load ID assigned to the phone (from Cisco
Unified Communications Manager, choose Device >
Phone). Verify that the load ID is entered correctly.
Load rejected HC
The application that was downloaded is
not compatible with the phone’s
hardware.
Occurs if you were attempting to install a version of
software on this phone that did not support hardware
changes on this newer phone.
Check the load ID assigned to the phone (from Cisco
Unified Communications Manager, choose Device >
Phone). Re-enter the load displayed on the phone.
No default router
No DNS server IP
TFTP access error
DHCP or static configuration did not
specify a default router.
A name was specified but DHCP or static
IP configuration did not specify a DNS
server address.
TFTP server is pointing to a directory
that does not exist.
•
If the phone has a static IP address, verify that the
default router has been configured. See the
“Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4
section for details.
•
If you are using DHCP, the DHCP server has not
provided a default router. Check the DHCP
server configuration.
•
If the phone has a static IP address, verify that the
DNS server has been configured. See the
“Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4
section for details.
•
If you are using DHCP, the DHCP server has not
provided a DNS server. Check the DHCP server
configuration.
•
If you are using DHCP, verify that the DHCP
server is pointing to the correct TFTP server.
•
If you are using static IP addresses, check
configuration of TFTP server. See the “Network
Setup Menu” section on page 4-4 for details on
assigning a TFTP server.
TFTP file not found
The requested load file (.bin) was not
found in the TFTPPath directory.
Check the load ID assigned to the phone (from Cisco
Unified Communications Manager, choose Device >
Phone). Verify that the TFTPPath directory contains
a .bin file with this load ID as the name.
TFTP error
The phone does not recognize an error
code provided by the TFTP server.
Contact the Cisco TAC.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
7-5
Chapter
Status Menu
Table 7-2
Status Messages on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6900 Series (continued)
Message
Description
TFTP server not
authorized
The specified TFTP server could not be
found in the phone’s CTL.
TFTP timeout
TFTP server did not respond.
Possible Explanation and Action
•
The DHCP server has the wrong configuration
file for the TFTP server. In this case, update the
TFTP server configuration to specify the correct
TFTP server. The CTL file was made and then the
TFTP server address changed. In this case,
regenerate the CTL file.
•
If the phone is using a static IP address, the phone
may be configured with the wrong TFTP server
address. In this case, enter the correct TFTP
server address in the Network Setup menu on the
phone.
•
If the TFTP server address is correct, there may
be a problem with the CTL file. In this case, run
the CTL client and update the CTL file, making
sure that the proper TFTP servers are included in
this file.
•
Network is busy—The errors should resolve
themselves when the network load reduces.
•
No network connectivity between the TFTP
server and the phone—Verify the network
connections.
•
TFTP server is down—Check configuration of
TFTP server.
Timed Out
Supplicant attempted 802.1X transaction Authentication typically times out if 802.1X is not
but timed out to due the absence of an
configured on the switch.
authenticator.
Version error
The name of the phone load file is
incorrect.
XmlDefault.cnf.xml, or
Name of the configuration file.
.cnf.xml corresponding to
the phone device name
Make sure that the phone load file has the correct
name.
None. This is an informational message indicating the
name of the configuration file for the phone.
Network Statistics Screen
The Network Statistics screen displays information about the phone and network performance. Table 7-3
describes the information that appears in this screen.
To display the Network Statistics screen, follow these steps:
Procedure
7-6
Step 1
Press the Applications button.
Step 2
Select Admin Settings.
Step 3
Select Status.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Status Menu
Step 4
Select Status > Network Statistics.
To reset the Rx Frames, Tx Frames, and Rx Broadcasts statistics to 0, press the Clear softkey.
To exit the Network Statistics screen, press the Back
Table 7-3
softkey.
Network Statistics Message Information for the
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6900 Series
Item
Description
Tx Frames
Number of packets sent by the phone
Tx Broadcasts
Number of broadcast packets sent by the phone
Tx Unicast
Total number of unicast packets transmitted by the phone
Rx Frames
Number of packets received by the phone
Rx Broadcasts
Number of broadcast packets received by the phone
Rx Unicast
Total number of unicast packets received by the phone
Neighbor Device ID:
Identifier of a device connected to this port discovered by CDP
protocol.
•
Neighbor IP Address
•
Neighbor Port
Restart Cause—One of these values:
•
Hardware Reset (Power-on reset)
•
Software Reset (memory
controller also reset)
•
Software Reset (memory
controller not reset)
•
Watchdog Reset
•
Unknown
Port 1
Cause of the last reset of the phone
Link state and connection of the PC port (for example, Auto
100 Mb Full-Duplex means that the PC port is in a link-up
state and has auto-negotiated a full-duplex, 100-Mbps
connection)
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
7-7
Chapter
Status Menu
Table 7-3
Network Statistics Message Information for the
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6900 Series (continued)
Item
Description
Port 2
Link state and connection of the Network port
IPv4
Information on the DHCP status. This includes the following
states:
CDP BOUND
CDP INIT
DHCP BOUND
DHCP DISABLED
DHCP INIT
DHCP INVALID
DHCP REBINDING
DHCP REBOOT
DHCP RENEWING
DHCP REQUESTING
DHCP RESYNC
DHCP UNRECOGNIZED
DHCP WAITING COLDBOOT TIMEOUT
SET DHCP COLDBOOT
SET DHCP DISABLED
DISABLED DUPLICATE IP
SET DHCP FAST
Call Statistics Screen
You can access the Call Statistics screen on the phone to display counters, statistics, and voice-quality
metrics of the most recent call.
Note
You can also remotely view the call statistics information by using a web browser to access the
Streaming Statistics web page. This web page contains additional RTCP statistics not available
on the phone. For more information about remote monitoring, see Chapter 8, “Monitoring the
Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely.”
A single call can have multiple voice streams, but data is captured for only the last voice stream. A voice
stream is a packet stream between two endpoints. If one endpoint is put on hold, the voice stream stops
even though the call is still connected. When the call resumes, a new voice packet stream begins, and
the new call data overwrites the former call data.
7-8
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Status Menu
To display the Call Statistics screen for information about the latest voice stream, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button.
Step 2
Select Admin Settings.
Step 3
Select Status.
Step 4
Select Call Statistics.
The Call Statistics screen displays these items:
Table 7-4
Call Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone 6900 Series
Item
Description
Rcvr Codec
Type of voice stream received (RTP streaming audio from codec): G.729, G.711
u-law, G.711 A-law, G.722 (only on 6945 phone).
Sender Codec
Type of voice stream transmitted (RTP streaming audio from codec): G.729, G.711
u-law, G.711 A-law, G.722 (only on 6945 phone).
Rcvr Size
Size of voice packets, in milliseconds, in the receiving voice stream (RTP
streaming audio).
Sender Size
Size of voice packets, in milliseconds, in the transmitting voice stream.
Rcvr Packets
Number of RTP voice packets received since voice stream was opened.
Note
Sender Packets
This number is not necessarily identical to the number of RTP voice
packets received since the call began because the call might have been
placed on hold.
Number of RTP voice packets transmitted since voice stream was opened.
Note
This number is not necessarily identical to the number of RTP voice
packets transmitted since the call began because the call might have been
placed on hold.
Avg Jitter
Estimated average RTP packet jitter (dynamic delay that a packet encounters
when going through the network) observed since the receiving voice stream was
opened.
Max Jitter
Maximum jitter observed since the receiving voice stream was opened.
Rcvr Discarded
Number of RTP packets in the receiving voice stream that have been discarded
(bad packets, too late, and so on).
Note
Rcvr Lost Packets
The phone will discard payload type 19 comfort noise packets that are
generated by Cisco Gateways, which will increment this counter.
Missing RTP packets (lost in transit).
Voice Quality Metrics
Cumulative
Conceal Ratio
Total number of concealment frames divided by total number of speech frames
received from start of the voice stream.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
7-9
Chapter
Status Menu
Table 7-4
Call Statistics Items for the Cisco Unified Phone 6900 Series (continued)
Item
Description
Interval Conceal
Ratio
Ratio of concealment frames to speech frames in preceding 3-second interval of
active speech. If using voice activity detection (VAD), a longer interval might be
required to accumulate 3 seconds of active speech.
Max Conceal Ratio Highest interval concealment ratio from start of the voice stream.
Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have concealment events (lost frames) from the start of
the voice stream (includes severely concealed seconds).
Severely Conceal
Secs
Number of seconds that have more than 5 percent concealment events (lost
frames) from the start of the voice stream.
Latency
Estimate of the network latency, expressed in milliseconds. Represents a running
average of the round-trip delay, measured when RTCP receiver report blocks are
received.
MOS LQK
Objective estimate of the Mean Opinion Score (MOS) for Listening Quality
(LQK) that ranks audio quality from 5 (excellent) to 1 (bad). This score is based
on audible-concealment events due to a frame loss in the preceding 8 seconds of
the voice stream.
Note
The MOS LQK score can vary based on the type of codec that the
Cisco Unified IP Phone uses.
Avg MOS LQK
Average MOS LQK score for the entire voice stream.
Min MOS LQK
Lowest MOS LQK score from the start of the voice stream.
Max MOS LQK
Baseline or highest MOS LQK score from the start of the voice stream.
The following codecs provide the corresponding maximum MOS LQK scores
under normal conditions with no frame loss:
•
G.711: 4.5
•
G.722: 4.5
•
G.728/iLBC: 3.9
•
G729A/AB: 3.7
MOS LQK Version Version of the Cisco-proprietary algorithm used to calculate the MOS LQK
scores.
Security Configuration
To display the Security Configuration screen, follow these steps.
Procedure
Step 1
Press the Applications button.
Step 2
Select Admin Settings.
Step 3
Select Security.
For more information, refer “Configuring Security on the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 3-15.
7-10
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Status Menu
The Security Configuration screen displays these items.
Table 7-5
Security Configuration Items for the Cisco Unified Phone 6900 Series
Item
Description
Security Mode
Displays the security mode that is set for the phone.
LSC
Indicates whether a locally significant certificate (used for the security
features) is installed on the phone or is not installed on the phone.
Trust List
The Trust List is a top-level menu that provides submenus for the CTL
Signature and Call manager/TFTP Server.
802.1x Authentication
Allows you to enable 802.1X authentication for the phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
7-11
Chapter
Status Menu
7-12
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
CH A P T E R
8
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely
Each Cisco Unified IP Phone has a web page from which you can view a variety of information about
the phone, including:
•
Device information
•
Network setup information
•
Network statistics
•
Device logs
•
Streaming statistics
This chapter describes the information that you can obtain from the phone’s web page. You can use this
information to remotely monitor the operation of a phone and to assist with troubleshooting.
You can also obtain much of this information directly from a phone. For more information, see
Chapter 7, “Viewing Model Information, Status, and Statistics on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.”
For more information about troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phone, Chapter 9, “Troubleshooting
and Maintenance.”
This chapter includes these topics:
•
Accessing the Web Page for a Phone, page 8-2
•
Disabling and Enabling Web Page Access, page 8-3
•
Device Information, page 8-3
•
Network Setup, page 8-4
•
Network Statistics, page 8-7
•
Device Logs, page 8-9
•
Streaming Statistics, page 8-9
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
8-1
Chapter
Accessing the Web Page for a Phone
Accessing the Web Page for a Phone
To access the web page for a Cisco Unified IP Phone, perform these steps.
If you cannot access the web page, it may be disabled. See the “Disabling and Enabling Web Page
Access” section on page 8-3 for more information.
Procedure
Step 1
Step 2
Obtain the IP address of the Cisco Unified IP Phone using one of these methods:
•
Search for the phone in Cisco Unified Communications Manager by choosing Device > Phone.
Phones registered with Cisco Unified Communications Manager display the IP address on the Find
and List Phones window and at the top of the Phone Configuration window.
•
On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button, choose Administrator Settings >
Network Setup, and then scroll to the IP Address option.
Open a web browser and enter the following URL, where IP_address is the IP address of the
Cisco Unified IP Phone:
http://IP_address
The web page for a Cisco Unified IP Phone includes these topics:
•
Device Information—Displays device settings and related information for the phone. For more
information, see the “Device Information” section on page 8-3.
•
Network Setup—Displays network setup information and information about other phone settings.
For more information, see the “Network Setup” section on page 8-4.
•
Network Statistics—Includes the following hyperlinks, which provide information about network
traffic:
– Ethernet Information—Displays information about Ethernet traffic. For more information,
see the “Network Statistics” section on page 8-7.
– Network (Port)—Displays information about network traffic to and from the network port on
the phone. For more information, see the “Network Statistics” section on page 8-7.
•
Device Logs—Includes the following hyperlinks, which provide information that you can use for
troubleshooting:
– Console Logs—Includes hyperlinks to individual log files. For more information, see the
“Device Logs” section on page 8-9.
– Core Dumps—Includes hyperlinks to individual dump files. For more information, see the
“Device Logs” section on page 8-9.
– Status Messages—Displays up to the 10 most recent status messages that the phone has
generated since it was last powered up. For more information, see the “Device Logs” section on
page 8-9.
– Debug Display—Displays debug messages that might be useful to Cisco TAC if you require
assistance with troubleshooting. For more information, see the “Device Logs” section on
page 8-9.
8-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Disabling and Enabling Web Page Access
•
Streaming Statistics—Includes the following hyperlink:
– Stream 1—Displays a variety of streaming statistics. For more information, see the “Streaming
Statistics” section on page 8-9.
Disabling and Enabling Web Page Access
For security purposes, you may choose to prevent access to the web pages for a phone. If you do so, you
will prevent access to the web pages that are described in this chapter and to the Cisco Unified CM User
Options web pages.
To disable access to the web pages for a phone, follow these steps from Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration.
Procedure
Step 1
Choose Device > Phone.
Step 2
Specify the criteria to find the phone and click Find, or click Find to display a list of all phones.
Step 3
Click the device name to open the Phone Configuration window for the device.
Step 4
Scroll down to the Product Specific Configuration section. From the Web Access drop-down list box,
choose Disabled.
Step 5
Click Update.
Some features, such as Cisco Quality Report Tool, do not function properly without access to the phone
web pages. Disabling web access also affects any serviceability application that relies on web access,
such as CiscoWorks.
To enable web page access when it is disabled, see the preceding steps about disabling access. Follow
the same steps, but choose Enabled in Step 4 to enable the web page.
Device Information
The Device Information area on a phone’s web page displays device settings and related information for
the phone. Table 8-1 describes these items.
To display the Device Information area, access the web page for the phone as described in the
“Accessing the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 8-2, and then click the Device Information
hyperlink.
Table 8-1
Device Information Area Items
Item
Description
MAC Address
Media Access Control (MAC) address of the phone
Host Name
Unique, fixed name that is automatically assigned to the phone based on its MAC
address
Phone DN
Directory number assigned to the phone
App Load ID
Identifier of the firmware running on the phone
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
8-3
Chapter
Network Setup
Table 8-1
Device Information Area Items (continued)
Item
Description
Boot Load ID
Identifier of the factory-installed load running on the phone
Hardware
Revision
Revision value of the phone hardware
Serial Number
Unique serial number of the phone
Model Number
Model number of the phone
Message Waiting
Indicates if there is a voice message waiting on the primary line for this phone.
UDI
Displays the following Cisco Unique Device Identifier (UDI) information about
the phone:
•
Device Type—Indicates hardware type. For example, phone displays for all
phone models
•
Device Description—Displays the name of the phone associated with the
indicated model type
•
Product Identifier—Specifies the phone model
•
Version Identifier—Represents the hardware version of the phone
•
Serial Number—Displays the unique serial number of the phone.
Time
Time obtained from the Date/Time Group in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager to which the phone belongs
Time Zone
Time zone obtained from the Date/Time Group in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager to which the phone belongs
Date
Date obtained from the Date/Time Group in Cisco Unified Communications
Manager to which the phone belongs
Network Setup
The Network Setup on a phone’s web page displays network setup information and information about
other phone settings. Table 8-2 describes these items.
You can view and set many of these items from the Network Setup Menu and the Phone Information
Menu on the Cisco Unified IP Phone. For more information, see Chapter 4, “Configuring Settings on the
Cisco Unified IP Phone.”
To display the Network Setup area, access the web page for the phone as described in the “Accessing
the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 8-2, and then click the Network Setup hyperlink.
Table 8-2
Network Setup Area Items
Item
Description
DHCP Server
IP address of the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server from which the phone
obtains its IP address.
MAC Address
Media Access Control (MAC) address of the phone.
Host Name
Host name that the DHCP server assigned to the phone.
Domain Name
Name of the Domain Name System (DNS) domain in which the phone resides.
IP Address
Internet Protocol (IP) address of the phone.
8-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Network Setup
Table 8-2
Network Setup Area Items (continued)
Item
Description
Subnet Mask
Subnet mask used by the phone.
TFTP Server 1
Primary Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server used by the phone.
TFTP Server 2
Backup Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server used by the phone.
Default Router
Default router used by the phone.
DNS Server
Primary Domain Name System (DNS) server (DNS Server 1) and optional backup DNS
servers (DNS Server 2–5) used by the phone.
Operational VLAN ID
Auxiliary Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) configured on a Cisco Catalyst switch in
which the phone is a member.
Admin. VLAN ID
Auxiliary VLAN in which the phone is a member.
Unified CM 1 and 2
Host names or IP addresses, in prioritized order, of the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager servers with which the phone can register. An item can also show the IP address of
an SRST router that is capable of providing limited Cisco Unified Communications Manager
functionality, if such a router is available.
For an available server, an item will show the Cisco Unified Communications Manager server
IP address and one of the following states:
•
Active—Cisco Unified Communications Manager server from which the phone is
currently receiving call-processing services.
•
Standby—Cisco Unified Communications Manager server to which the phone switches if
the current server becomes unavailable.
•
Blank—No current connection to this Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.
An item may also include the Survivable Remote Site Telephony (SRST) designation, which
identifies an SRST router capable of providing Cisco Unified Communications Manager
functionality with a limited feature set. This router assumes control of call processing if all
other Cisco Unified Communications Manager servers become unreachable. The SRST
Cisco Unified Communications Manager always appears last in the list of servers, even if it is
active. You configure the SRST router address in the Device Pool section in
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Configuration window.
Information URL
URL of the help text that appears on the phone.
Directories URL
URL of the server from which the phone obtains directory information.
Messages URL
URL of the server from which the phone obtains message services.
Services URL
URL of the server from which the phone obtains Cisco Unified IP Phone services.
DHCP Enabled
Indicates whether DHCP is being used by the phone.
DHCP Address Released
Indicates the setting of the DHCP Address Released option on the phone’s Network Setup
menu.
Alternate TFTP
Indicates whether the phone is using an alternative TFTP server.
Idle URL
URL that the phone displays when the phone has not been used for the time specified by Idle
URL Time, and no menu is open.
Idle URL Time
Number of seconds that the phone has not been used and no menu is open before the XML
service specified by Idle URL is activated.
Proxy Server URL
URL of proxy server, which makes HTTP requests to non-local host addresses on behalf of the
phone HTTP client and provides responses from the non-local host to the phone HTTP client.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
8-5
Chapter
Network Setup
Table 8-2
Network Setup Area Items (continued)
Item
Description
Authentication URL
URL that the phone uses to validate requests made to the phone web server.
Automatic Port
Synchronization
Indicates if the phone is enabled to synchronize the PC and SW ports to the same speed and to
duplex mode.
SW Port Remote
Configuration
Indicates if remote port configuration of the speed and duplex mode for the switch port is
enabled or disabled.
PC Port Remote
Configuration
Indicates if remote port configuration of the speed and duplex mode for the PC port is enabled
or disabled.
SW Port Setup
Speed and duplex of the switch port, where:
PC Port Setup
•
A—Auto Negotiate
•
10H—10-BaseT/half duplex
•
10F—10-BaseT/full duplex
•
100H—100-BaseT/half duplex
•
100F—100-BaseT/full duplex
•
1000F-1000-BaseT/full duplex (Supported only for Cisco Unified IP Phone 6945.)
•
No Link—No connection to the switch port
Speed and duplex of the PC port, where:
•
A—Auto Negotiate
•
10H—10-BaseT/half duplex
•
10F—10-BaseT/full duplex
•
100H—100-BaseT/half duplex
•
100F—100-BaseT/full duplex
•
1000F-1000-BaseT/full duplex (Supported only for Cisco Unified IP Phone 6945.)
•
No Link—No connection to the PC port
User Locale
User locale associated with the phone user. Identifies a set of detailed information to support
users, including language, font, date and time formatting, and alphanumeric keyboard text
information.
Network Locale
Network locale associated with the phone user. Identifies a set of detailed information to
support the phone in a specific location, including definitions of the tones and cadences used
by the phone.
Headset Enabled
Indicates whether the Headset button is enabled on the phone.
User Locale Version
Version of the user locale loaded on the phone.
Network Locale Version
Version of the network locale loaded on the phone.
PC Port Disabled
Indicates whether the PC port on the phone is enabled or disabled.
Speaker Enabled
Indicates whether the speakerphone is enabled on the phone.
GARP Enabled
Indicates whether the phone learns MAC addresses from Gratuitous ARP responses.
Video Capability Enabled
Indicates whether the phone can participate in video calls when connected to an appropriately
equipped PC.
Voice VLAN Enabled
Indicates whether the phone allows a device attached to the PC port to access the Voice VLAN.
8-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Network Statistics
Table 8-2
Network Setup Area Items (continued)
Item
Description
DSCP for Call Control
DSCP IP classification for call control signaling.
DSCP for Configuration
DSCP IP classification for any phone configuration transfer.
DSCP for Services
DSCP IP classification for phone-based services.
Security Mode
Displays the security mode that is set for the phone.
Web Access Enabled
Indicates whether web access is enabled (Yes) or disabled (No) for the phone.
Span to PC Port
Indicates whether the phone will forward packets transmitted and received on the network port
to the access port.
PC VLAN
VLAN used to identify and remove 802.1P/Q tags from packets sent to the PC.
LLDP-MED: Switch Port
Indicates whether Link Layer Discovery Protocol Media Endpoint Discovery (LLDP-MED) is
enabled on the switch port.
LLDP Power Priority
Advertises the phone’s power priority to the switch, enabling the switch to appropriately
provide power to the phones. Settings include:
•
Unknown—default
•
Low
•
High
•
Critical
LLDP Asset ID
Identifies the asset ID assigned to the phone for inventory management.
CDP: PC Port
Indicates whether CDP is supported on the PC port (default is enabled).
Enable CDP on the PC port when Cisco VT Advantage/Unified Video Advantage (CVTA) is
connected to the PC port. CVTA does not work without CDP interaction with the phone.
When CDP is disabled in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, a warning is displayed,
indicating that disabling CDP on the PC port prevents CVTA from working.
The current PC and switch port CDP values are shown on the Settings menu.
CDP: SW Port
Indicates whether CDP is supported on the switch port (default is enabled).
Enable CDP on the switch port for VLAN assignment for the phone, power negotiation, QoS
management, and 802.1x security.
Enable CDP on the switch port when the phone is connected to a Cisco switch.
When CDP is disabled in Cisco Unified Communications Manager, a warning is presented,
indicating that CDP should be disabled on the switch port only if the phone is connected to a
non-Cisco switch.
The current PC and switch port CDP values are shown on the Settings menu.
Network Statistics
The following network statistics hyperlinks on a phone’s web page provide information about network
traffic on the phone. To display a network statistics area, access the web page for the phone as described
in the “Accessing the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 8-2.
•
Ethernet Information—Displays information about Ethernet traffic. Table 8-3 describes the items in
this area.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
8-7
Chapter
Network Statistics
•
Network—Displays information about network traffic to and from the network port (10/100 SW) on
the phone. Table 8-4 describes the items in this area.
Table 8-3
Item
Description
Tx Frames
Total number of packets transmitted by the phone
Tx broadcast
Total number of broadcast packets transmitted by the phone
Tx unicast
Total number of unicast packets transmitted by the phone
Rx Frames
Total number of packets received by the phone
Rx broadcast
Total number of broadcast packets received by the phone
Rx unicast
Total number of unicast packets received by the phone
Table 8-4
8-8
Ethernet Information Items
Access Area and Network Items
Item
Description
Tx Frames
Number of packets transmitted by the phone
Tx broadcast
Number of broadcast packets transmitted by the phone
Tx Unicast
Number of unicast packets transmitted by the phone
Rx Frames
Number of packets received by the phone
Rx broadcast
Number of broadcast packets received by the phone
Rx unicast
Number of unicast packets received by the phone
LLDP FramesOutTotal
Number of LLDP frames sent out from the phone
LLDP AgeoutsTotal
Number of LLDP frames that have been time out in cache
LLDP
FramesDiscardedTotal
Number of LLDP frames that are discarded when any of the mandatory
TLVs is missing or out of order or contains out of range string length.
LLDP FramesInErrorsTotal
Number of LLDP frames that received with one or more detectable
errors.
LLDP FramesInTotal
Number of LLDP frames received on the phone.
LLDP TLVDiscardedTotal
Number of LLDP TLVs that are discarded.
LLDP
TLVUnrecognizedTotal
Number of LLDP TLVs that are not recognized on the phone.
CDP Neighbor Device ID
Identifier of a device connected to this port discovered by CDP
protocol.
CDP Neighbor IP Address
IP address of the neighbor device discovered by CDP protocol.
CDP Neighbor Port
Neighbor device port to which the phone is connected discovered by
CDP protocol.
LLDP Neighbor Device ID
Identifier of a device connected to this port discovered by LLDP
protocol.
LLDP Neighbor IP Address
IP address of the neighbor device discovered by LLDP protocol.
LLDP Neighbor Port
Neighbor device port to which the phone is connected discovered by
LLDP protocol.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Device Logs
Table 8-4
Access Area and Network Items (continued)
Item
Description
Restart Cause
Cause of the last reset of the phone.
•
Hardware Reset (Power-on reset)
•
Software Reset (memory controller also reset)
•
Software Reset (memory controller not reset)
•
Watchdog Reset
•
Unknown
Port Information
Speed and duplex information.
IPv4
Information on the DHCP status.
Device Logs
The following device logs hyperlinks on a phone’s web page provide information you can use to help
monitor and troubleshoot the phone. To access a device log area, access the web page for the phone as
described in the “Accessing the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 8-2.
•
Console Logs—Includes hyperlinks to individual log files. The console log files include debug and
error messages received on the phone.
•
Core Dumps—Includes hyperlinks to individual dump files. The core dump files include data from
a phone crash.
•
Status Messages—Displays up to the 10 most recent status messages that the phone has generated
since it was last powered up. You can also see this information from the Status Messages screen on
the phone. Table 7-2 describes the status messages that can appear.
•
Debug Display—Displays debug messages that might be useful to Cisco TAC if you require
assistance with troubleshooting.
•
Restart Cause—Displays the cause for the restart.
Streaming Statistics
A Cisco Unified IP Phone can stream information to and from up to three devices simultaneously. A
phone streams information when it is on a a call or running a service that sends or receives audio or data.
The streaming statistics areas on a phone’s web page provide information about the streams. Cisco
Unified IP Phones 6900 Series use only Stream 1.
To display a Streaming Statistics area, access the web page for the phone as described in the “Accessing
the Web Page for a Phone” section on page 8-2, and then click the Stream 1 hyperlink.
Table 8-5 describes the items in the Streaming Statistics areas.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
8-9
Chapter
Streaming Statistics
Table 8-5
Streaming Statistics Area Items
Item
Description
Remote Address
IP address and UDP port of the destination of the stream.
Local Address
IP address and UPD port of the phone.
Start Time
Internal time stamp indicating when Cisco Unified Communications Manager requested
that the phone start transmitting packets.
Stream Status
Indication of whether streaming is active or not.
Host Name
Unique, fixed name that is automatically assigned to the phone based on its MAC address.
Sender Packets
Total number of RTP data packets transmitted by the phone since starting this connection.
The value is 0 if the connection is set to receive only mode.
Sender Octets
Total number of payload octets transmitted in RTP data packets by the phone since starting
this connection. The value is 0 if the connection is set to receive only mode.
Sender Codec
Type of audio encoding used for the transmitted stream.
Sender Reports Sent
1
Number of times the RTCP Sender Report have been sent.
Sender Report Time Sent
1
Internal time stamp indication when the last RTCP Sender Report was sent.
Rcvr Lost Packets
Total number of RTP data packets that have been lost since starting receiving data on this
connection. Defined as the number of expected packets less the number of packets actually
received, where the number of received packets includes any that are late or duplicate. The
value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.
Avg Jitter
Estimate of mean deviation of the RTP data packet inter-arrival time, measured in
milliseconds. The value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.
Rcvr Codec
Type of audio encoding used for the received stream.
Rcvr Reports Sent
1
Rcvr Report Time Sent
Number of times the RTCP Receiver Reports have been sent.
1
Internal time stamp indication when a RTCP Receiver Report was sent.
Rcvr Packets
Total number of RTP data packets received by the phone since starting receiving data on
this connection. Includes packets received from different sources if this is a multicast call.
The value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.
Rcvr Octets
Total number of payload octets received in RTP data packets by the device since starting
reception on the connection. Includes packets received from different sources if this is a
multicast call. The value displays as 0 if the connection was set to send-only mode.
Cumulative Conceal Ratio
Total number of concealment frames divided by total number of speech frames received
from start of the voice stream.
Interval Conceal Ratio
Ratio of concealment frames to speech frames in preceding 3-second interval of active
speech. If using voice activity detection (VAD), a longer interval might be required to
accumulate 3 seconds of active speech.
Max Conceal Ratio
Highest interval concealment ratio from start of the voice stream.
Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have concealment events (lost frames) from the start of the voice
stream (includes severely concealed seconds).
Severely Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have more than 5 percent concealment events (lost frames) from
the start of the voice stream.
Latency1
Estimate of the network latency, expressed in milliseconds. Represents a running average
of the round-trip delay, measured when RTCP receiver report blocks are received.
8-10
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Streaming Statistics
Table 8-5
Streaming Statistics Area Items (continued)
Item
Description
Max Jitter
Maximum value of instantaneous jitter, in milliseconds.
Sender Size
RTP packet size, in milliseconds, for the transmitted stream.
Sender Reports Received1
Number of times RTCP Sender Reports have been received.
Sender Report Time
Received1
Last time at which an RTCP Sender Report was received.
Rcvr Size
RTP packet size, in milliseconds, for the received stream.
Rcvr Discarded
Rcvr Reports Received
RTP packets received from network but discarded from jitter buffers.
1
Rcvr Report Time Received
Number of times RTCP Receiver Reports have been received.
1
Last time at which an RTCP Receiver Report was received.
Voice Quality Metrics
Cumulative Conceal Ratio
Total number of concealment frames divided by total number of speech frames received
from start of the voice stream.
Interval Conceal Ratio
Ratio of concealment frames to speech frames in preceding 3-second interval of active
speech. If using voice activity detection (VAD), a longer interval might be required to
accumulate 3 seconds of active speech.
Max Conceal Ratio
Highest interval concealment ratio from start of the voice stream.
Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have concealment events (lost frames) from the start of the voice
stream (includes severely concealed seconds).
Severely Conceal Secs
Number of seconds that have more than 5 percent concealment events (lost frames) from
the start of the voice stream.
Latency
Estimate of the network latency, expressed in milliseconds. Represents a running average
of the round-trip delay, measured when RTCP receiver report blocks are received.
MOS LQK
Objective estimate of the Mean Opinion Score (MOS) for Listening Quality (LQK) that
ranks audio quality from 5 (excellent) to 1 (bad). This score is based on
audible-concealment events due to a frame loss in the preceding 8 seconds of the voice
stream.
Note
The MOS LQK score can vary based on the type of codec that the
Cisco Unified IP Phone uses.
Avg MOS LQK
Average MOS LQK score for the entire voice stream.
Min MOS LQK
Lowest MOS LQK score from the start of the voice stream.
Max MOS LQK
Baseline or highest MOS LQK score from the start of the voice stream.
The following codecs provide the corresponding maximum MOS LQK scores under
normal conditions with no frame loss:
MOS LQK Version
•
G.711: 4.5
•
G.722: 4.5
•
G.728/iLBC: 3.9
•
G729A/AB: 3.7
Version of the Cisco-proprietary algorithm used to calculate the MOS LQK scores.
1. When the RTP Control Protocol is disabled, no data generates for this field and thus displays as 0.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
8-11
Chapter
Streaming Statistics
Related Topics
•
8-12
“Configuring Settings on the Cisco Unified IP Phone” chapter
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
CH A P T E R
9
Troubleshooting and Maintenance
This chapter provides information that can assist you in troubleshooting problems with your Cisco
Unified IP Phone or with your IP telephony network. It also explains how to clean and maintain your
phone.
If you need additional assistance to resolve an issue, see the “Obtaining Documentation, Obtaining
Support, and Security Guidelines” section on page xi.
This chapter includes these topics:
•
Resolving Startup Problems, page 9-1
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly, page 9-6
•
Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security, page 9-8
•
General Troubleshooting Tips, page 9-9
•
Resetting or Restoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 9-12
•
Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls, page 9-13
•
Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information, page 9-15
•
Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 9-15
Resolving Startup Problems
After installing a Cisco Unified IP Phone into your network and adding it to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager, the phone should start up as described in the “Verifying the Phone Startup
Process” section on page 3-14. If the phone does not start up properly, see the following sections for
troubleshooting information:
•
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Go Through its Normal Startup Process, page 9-2
•
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Register with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager, page 9-2
•
Symptom: Cisco Unified IP Phone Unable to Obtain IP Address, page 9-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
9-1
Chapter
Resolving Startup Problems
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Go Through its Normal Startup
Process
When you connect a Cisco Unified IP Phone into the network port, the phone should go through its
normal startup process as described in “Verifying the Phone Startup Process” section on page 3-14 and
the LCD screen should display information. If the phone does not go through the startup process, the
cause may be faulty cables, bad connections, network outages, lack of power, and so on. Or, the phone
may not be functional.
To determine whether the phone is functional, follow these suggestions to systematically eliminate these
other potential problems:
1.
Verify that the network port is functional:
– Exchange the Ethernet cables with cables that you know are functional.
– Disconnect a functioning Cisco Unified IP Phone from another port and connect it to this
network port to verify the port is active.
– Connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone that will not start up to a different network port that is
known to be good.
– Connect the Cisco Unified IP Phone that will not start up directly to the port on the switch,
eliminating the patch panel connection in the office.
2.
Verify that the phone is receiving power:
– If you are using external power, verify that the electrical outlet is functional.
– If you are using in-line power, use the external power supply instead.
– If you are using the external power supply, switch with a unit that you know to be functional.
3.
If the phone still does not start up properly, power up the phone with the handset off-hook. When
the phone is powered up in this way, it attempts to launch a backup software image.
4.
If the phone still does not start up properly, perform a factory reset of the phone. For instructions,
see the “Performing a Factory Reset” section on page 9-12.
If after attempting these solutions, the LCD screen on the Cisco Unified IP Phone does not display any
characters after at least five minutes, contact a Cisco technical support representative for additional
assistance.
Symptom: The Cisco Unified IP Phone Does Not Register with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
If the phone proceeds past the first stage of the startup process (LED buttons flashing on and off) but
continues to cycle through the messages displaying on the LCD screen, the phone is not starting up
properly. The phone cannot successfully start up unless it is connected to the Ethernet network and it has
registered with a Cisco Unified Communications Manager server.
These sections can assist you in determining the reason the phone is unable to start up properly:
9-2
•
Identifying Error Messages, page 9-3
•
Checking Network Connectivity, page 9-3
•
Verifying TFTP Server Settings, page 9-3
•
Verifying IP Addressing and Routing, page 9-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Resolving Startup Problems
•
Verifying DNS Settings, page 9-4
•
Cisco CallManager and TFTP Services Are Not Running, page 9-4
•
Creating a New Configuration File, page 9-4
•
Checking Network Connectivity, page 9-3
In addition, problems with security may prevent the phone from starting up properly. See the
“Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security” section on page 9-8 for more information.
Identifying Error Messages
As the phone cycles through the startup process, you can access status messages that might provide you
with information about the cause of a problem. See the “Status Messages Screen” section on page 7-2
for instructions about accessing status messages and for a list of potential errors, their explanations, and
their solutions.
Checking Network Connectivity
If the network is down between the phone and the TFTP server or Cisco Unified Communications
Manager, the phone cannot start up properly. Ensure that the network is currently running.
Verifying TFTP Server Settings
You can determine the IP address of the TFTP server used by the phone by pressing the Applications
button, then selecting Administrator Settings > Network Setup > IPv4 > TFTP Server 1.
If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone, you must manually enter a setting for the TFTP
Server 1 option. See the “Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4.
If you are using DHCP, the phone obtains the address for the TFTP server from the DHCP server. Check
the IP address configured in Option 150.
You can also enable the phone to use an alternate TFTP server. Such a setting is particularly useful if the
phone was recently moved from one location to another. See the “Network Setup Menu” section on
page 4-4 for instructions.
Verifying IP Addressing and Routing
You should verify the IP addressing and routing settings on the phone. If you are using DHCP, the DHCP
server should provide these values. If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone, you must enter
these values manually.
On the Cisco Unified IP Phone, press the Applications button, then select Administrator Settings >
Network Setup > IPv4, and look at the following options:
•
Boot/DHCP Server—If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone, you do not need to enter
a value for the DHCP Server option. However, if you are using a DHCP server, this option must have
a value. If it does not, check your IP routing and VLAN configuration. Refer to the Troubleshooting
Switch Port and Interface Problems document, available at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/switches/ps708/products_tech_note09186a008015bfd6.
shtml
•
IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Router—If you have assigned a static IP address to the phone,
you must manually enter settings for these options. See the “Network Setup Menu” section on
page 4-4 for instructions.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
9-3
Chapter
Resolving Startup Problems
If you are using DHCP, check the IP addresses distributed by your DHCP server. Refer to the
Understanding and Troubleshooting DHCP in Catalyst Switch or Enterprise Networks document,
available at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk648/tk361/technologies_tech_note09186a00800f0804.shtml
Verifying DNS Settings
If you are using DNS to refer to the TFTP server or to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you
must ensure that you have specified a DNS server. Verify this setting by pressing the Applications
button, then selecting Administrator Settings > Network Setup > IPv4 > DNS Server 1. You should
also verify that there is a CNAME entry in the DNS server for the TFTP server and for the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager system.
You must also ensure that DNS is configured to do reverse look-ups.
Cisco CallManager and TFTP Services Are Not Running
If the Cisco CallManager or TFTP services are not running, phones may not be able to start up properly.
However, in such a situation, it is likely that you are experiencing a system-wide failure, and other
phones and devices are unable to start up properly.
If the Cisco CallManager service is not running, all devices on the network that rely on it to make phone
calls will be affected. If the TFTP service is not running, many devices will not be able to start up
successfully.
To start a service, follow these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration, choose Cisco Unified Serviceability
from the Navigation drop-down list and click Go.
Step 2
Choose Tools > Control Center - Feature Services.
Step 3
Choose the primary Cisco Unified Communications Manager server from the Server drop-down list.
The window displays the service names for the server that you chose, the status of the services, and a
service control panel to start or stop a service.
Step 4
If a service has stopped, click its radio button and then click the Start button.
The Service Status symbol changes from a square to an arrow.
Note
A service must be activated before it can be started or stopped. To activate a service, choose Tools >
Service Activation.
Creating a New Configuration File
If you continue to have problems with a particular phone that other suggestions in this chapter do not
resolve, the configuration file may be corrupted.
To create a new configuration file, follow these steps:
9-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Resolving Startup Problems
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose Device > Phone > Find to locate the phone
experiencing problems.
Step 2
Choose Delete to remove the phone from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database.
Step 3
Add the phone back to the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database. See the “Adding Phones
to the Cisco Unified CM Database” section on page 2-8 for details.
Step 4
Power cycle the phone.
Note
•
When you remove a phone from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, its
configuration file is deleted from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager TFTP server. The
phone’s directory number or numbers remain in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
database. They are called “unassigned DNs” and can be used for other devices. If unassigned DNs
are not used by other devices, delete them from the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
database. You can use the Route Plan Report to view and delete unassigned reference numbers.
Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide for more information.
•
Changing the buttons on a phone button template, or assigning a different phone button template to
a phone, may result in directory numbers that are no longer accessible from the phone. The directory
numbers are still assigned to the phone in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, but
there is no button on the phone with which calls can be answered. These directory numbers should
be removed from the phone and deleted if necessary.
Registering the Phone with Cisco Unified Communications Manager
A Cisco Unified IP Phone can register with a Cisco Unified Communications Manager server only if the
phone has been added to the server or if auto-registration is enabled and if there are sufficient number
of unit licenses. Review the information and procedures in the “Adding Phones to the Cisco Unified CM
Database” section on page 2-8 to ensure that the phone has been added to the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager database.
To verify that the phone is in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, choose Device >
Phone > Find from Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration to search for the phone
based on its MAC Address. For information about determining a MAC address, see the “Determining
the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 2-13.
If the phone is already in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager database, its configuration file
may be damaged. See the “Creating a New Configuration File” section on page 9-4 for assistance.
For more information on licensing go to the Licensing section in the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Features and Services Guide.
Symptom: Cisco Unified IP Phone Unable to Obtain IP Address
If a phone is unable to obtain an IP address when it starts up, the phone may be not be on the same
network or VLAN as the DHCP server, or the switch port to which the phone is connected may be
disabled. Make sure that the network or VLAN to which the phone is connected has access to the DHCP
server, and make sure that the switch port is enabled.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
9-5
Chapter
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly
If users report that their phones are resetting during calls or while idle on their desk, you should
investigate the cause. If the network connection and Cisco Unified Communications Manager
connection are stable, a Cisco Unified IP Phone should not reset on its own.
Typically, a phone resets if it has problems connecting to the Ethernet network or to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager. These sections can help you identify the cause of a phone resetting in your
network:
•
Verifying the Physical Connection, page 9-6
•
Identifying Intermittent Network Outages, page 9-6
•
Verifying DHCP Settings, page 9-6
•
Checking Static IP Address Settings, page 9-7
•
Verifying the Voice VLAN Configuration, page 9-7
•
Verifying that the Phones Have Not Been Intentionally Reset, page 9-7
•
Eliminating DNS or Other Connectivity Errors, page 9-7
Verifying the Physical Connection
Verify that the Ethernet connection to which the Cisco Unified IP Phone is connected is up. For example,
check whether the particular port or switch to which the phone is connected is down and that the switch
is not rebooting. Also make sure that there are no cable breaks.
Identifying Intermittent Network Outages
Intermittent network outages affect data and voice traffic differently. Your network might have been
experiencing intermittent outages without detection. If so, data traffic can resend lost packets and verify
that packets are received and transmitted. However, voice traffic cannot recapture lost packets. Rather
than retransmitting a lost network connection, the phone resets and attempts to reconnect its network
connection.
If you are experiencing problems with the voice network, you should investigate whether an existing
problem is simply being exposed.
Verifying DHCP Settings
The following suggestions can help you determine if the phone has been properly configured to use
DHCP:
9-6
1.
Verify that you have properly configured the phone to use DHCP. See the “Network Setup Menu”
section on page 4-4 for more information.
2.
Verify that the DHCP server has been set up properly.
3.
Verify the DHCP lease duration. Cisco recommends that you set it to 8 days.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Cisco Unified IP Phone Resets Unexpectedly
Checking Static IP Address Settings
If the phone has been assigned a static IP address, verify that you have entered the correct settings. See
the “Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4 for more information.
Verifying the Voice VLAN Configuration
If the Cisco Unified IP Phone appears to reset during heavy network usage (for example, following
extensive web surfing on a computer connected to the same switch as the phone), it is likely that you do
not have a voice VLAN configured.
Isolating the phones on a separate auxiliary VLAN increases the quality of the voice traffic. See the
“Understanding How the Cisco Unified IP Phone Interacts with the VLAN” section on page 2-2 for
details.
Verifying that the Phones Have Not Been Intentionally Reset
If you are not the only administrator with access to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you should
verify that no one else has intentionally reset the phones.
You can check whether a Cisco Unified IP Phone received a command from Cisco Unified
Communications Manager to reset by pressing the Applications button on the phone and choosing
Administrator Settings > Status > Network Statistics. If the phone was recently reset, one of these
messages appears:
•
Reset-Reset—Phone closed due to receiving a Reset/Reset from Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration.
•
Reset-Restart—Phone closed due to receiving a Reset/Restart from Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration.
Eliminating DNS or Other Connectivity Errors
If the phone continues to reset, follow these steps to eliminate DNS or other connectivity errors:
Procedure
Step 1
Use the Reset Settings menu to reset phone settings to their default values. See the “Resetting or
Restoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on page 9-12 for details.
Step 2
Modify DHCP and IP settings:
Step 3
a.
Disable DHCP. See the “Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4 for instructions.
b.
Assign static IP values to the phone. See the “Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4 for
instructions. Use the same default router setting used for other functioning Cisco Unified IP Phones.
c.
Assign a TFTP server. See the “Network Setup Menu” section on page 4-4 for instructions. Use the
same TFTP server used for other functioning Cisco Unified IP Phones.
On the Cisco Unified Communications Manager server, verify that the local host files have the correct
Cisco Unified Communications Manager server name mapped to the correct IP address.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
9-7
Chapter
Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security
Step 4
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose System > Server and verify that the server is
referred to by its IP address and not by its DNS name.
Step 5
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager, choose Device > Phone > Find and verify that you have
assigned the correct MAC address to this Cisco Unified IP Phone. For information about determining a
MAC address, see the “Determining the MAC Address for a Cisco Unified IP Phone” section on
page 2-13.
Step 6
Power cycle the phone.
Checking Power Connection
In most cases, a phone will restart if it powers up by using external power but loses that connection and
switches to PoE. Similarly, a phone may restart if it powers up by using PoE and then gets connected to
an external power supply.
Troubleshooting Cisco Unified IP Phone Security
Table 9-1 provides troubleshooting information for the security features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
For information relating to the solutions for any of these issues, and for additional troubleshooting
information about security and encryption, refer to Cisco Unified Communications Manager Security
Guide.
Table 9-1
Cisco Unified IP Phone Security Troubleshooting
Problem
Possible Cause
Device authentication error.
CTL file does not have a Cisco Unified Communications Manager certificate
or has an incorrect certificate.
Phone cannot authenticate CTL file.
The security token that signed the updated CTL file does not exist in the CTL
file on the phone.
Phone cannot authenticate any of the
configuration files other than the CTL file.
Bad TFTP record.
Phone does not register with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager.
The CTL file does not contain the correct information for the Cisco
Unified Communications Manager server.
Phone does not request signed configuration The CTL file does not contain any TFTP entries with certificates.
files.
9-8
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
General Troubleshooting Tips
Table 9-1
Cisco Unified IP Phone Security Troubleshooting (continued)
Problem
Possible Cause
802.1X Enabled on Phone but Not Authenticating
Phone cannot obtain a DHCP-assigned IP
address
Phone does not register with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
Phone status display as “Configuring IP” or
“Registering”
These errors typically indicate that 802.1X is enabled on the phone, but the
phone is unable to authenticate.
1.
Verify that you have properly configured the required components
“Supporting 802.1X Authentication on Cisco Unified IP Phones” section
on page 1-21.
2.
Confirm that the shared secret is configured on the phone (see the “Security
Configuration Menu” section on page 4-9 for more information).
802.1X Authentication Status displays as
“Held” (see the “802.1X Authentication and
Status” section on page 4-9).
– If the shared secret is configured, verify that you have the same shared
secret entered on the authentication server.
Status menu displays 802.1x status as
“Failed” (see the “Call Statistics Screen”
section on page 7-8).
– If the shared secret is not configured, enter it, and ensure that it
matches the one on the authentication server.
802.1X Not Enabled
Phone cannot obtain a DHCP-assigned IP
address
Phone does not register with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
These errors typically indicate that 802.1X is not enabled on the phone. To
enable it, see the “Security Configuration Menu” section on page 4-9 for
information on enabling 802.1X on the phone.
Phone status display as “Configuring IP” or
“Registering”
802.1X Authentication Status displays as
“Disabled” (see the “802.1X Authentication
and Status” section on page 4-9).
Status menu displays DHCP status as timing
out (see the “Call Statistics Screen” section
on page 7-8).
Factory Reset Deleted 802.1X Shared Secret
Phone cannot obtain a DHCP-assigned IP
address
Phone does not register with Cisco Unified
Communications Manager
Phone status display as “Configuring IP” or
“Registering”
Cannot access phone menus to verify
802.1X status
These errors typically indicate that the phone has completed a factory reset
while 802.1X was enabled. A factory reset deletes the shared secret, which is
required for 802.1X authentication and network access. To resolve this, you
have two options:
•
Temporarily disable 802.1X on the switch.
•
Temporarily move the phone to a network environment that is not using
802.1X authentication.
Once the phone starts up normally in one of these conditions, you can access
the 802.1X configuration menus and re-enter the shared secret.
General Troubleshooting Tips
Table 9-2 provides general troubleshooting information for the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
9-9
Chapter
General Troubleshooting Tips
Table 9-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting
Summary
Explanation
Connecting a Cisco Unified IP Phone to
another Cisco Unified IP Phone/
Cisco does not support connecting an IP phone to another IP phone through the
PC port. Each IP phone should directly connect to a switch port. If phones are
connected together in a line (by using the PC port), the phones will not work.
Poor quality when calling digital cell
phones using the G.729 protocol.
In Cisco Unified Communications Manager, you can configure the network to
use the G.729 protocol (the default is G.711). When using G.729, calls between
an IP phone and a digital cellular phone will have poor voice quality. Use G.729
only when absolutely necessary.
Prolonged broadcast storms cause
A prolonged Layer 2 broadcast storm (lasting several minutes) on the voice
IP phones to reset, or be unable to make or VLAN may cause IP phones to reset, lose an active call, or be unable to initiate
answer a call.
or answer a call. Phones may not come up until a broadcast storm ends.
Moving a network connection from the
phone to a workstation.
If you are powering your phone through the network connection, you must be
careful if you decide to unplug the phone’s network connection and plug the
cable into a desktop computer.
Caution
The computer’s network card cannot receive power through the
network connection; if power comes through the connection, the
network card can be destroyed. To protect a network card, wait 10
seconds or longer after unplugging the cable from the phone before
plugging it into a computer. This delay gives the switch enough time
to recognize that there is no longer a phone on the line and to stop
providing power to the cable.
Changing the telephone configuration.
By default, the network setup options are locked to prevent users from making
changes that could impact their network connectivity. You must unlock the
network setup options before you can configure them. See the “Unlocking and
Locking Options” section on page 4-3 for details.
Phone resetting.
The phone resets when it loses contact with the Cisco Unified Communications
Manager software. This lost connection can be due to any network connectivity
disruption, including cable breaks, switch outages, and switch reboots.
LCD display issues.
If the display appears to have rolling lines or a wavy pattern, it might be
interacting with certain types of older fluorescent lights in the building.
Moving the phone away from the lights, or replacing the lights, should resolve
the problem.
Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF)
delay.
When you are on a call that requires keypad input, if you press the keys too
quickly, some of them might not be recognized.
Codec mismatch between the phone and
another device.
The RxType and the TxType statistics show the codec that is being used for a
conversation between this Cisco Unified IP phone and the other device. The
values of these statistics should match. If they do not, verify that the other
device can handle the codec conversation, or that a transcoder is in place to
handle the service.
See the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 7-8 for information about
displaying these statistics.
9-10
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
General Troubleshooting Tips
Table 9-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting (continued)
Summary
Explanation
Sound sample mismatch between the
phone and another device.
The RxSize and the TxSize statistics show the size of the voice packets that are
being used in a conversation between this Cisco Unified IP phone and the other
device. The values of these statistics should match.
See the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 7-8 for information about
displaying these statistics.
Gaps in voice calls.
Check the AvgJtr and the MaxJtr statistics. A large variance between these
statistics might indicate a problem with jitter on the network or periodic high
rates of network activity.
See the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 7-8 for information about
displaying these statistics.
Loopback condition.
A loopback condition can occur when the following conditions are met:
•
The SW Port Configuration option in the Network Setup menu on the
phone is set to 10 Half
(10-BaseT / half duplex)
•
The phone receives power from an external power supply
•
The phone is powered down (the power supply is disconnected)
In this case, the switch port on the phone can become disabled and the
following message will appear in the switch console log:
HALF_DUX_COLLISION_EXCEED_THRESHOLD
To resolve this problem, re-enable the port from the switch.
One-way audio.
When at least one person in a call does not receive audio, IP connectivity
between phones is not established. Check the configurations in routers and
switches to ensure that IP connectivity is properly configured.
Phone call cannot be established
The phone does not have a DHCP IP address, is unable to register to Cisco
Unified Communications Manager, and shows a Configuring IP or Registering
message.
Verify the following:
1.
The Ethernet cable is attached.
2.
The Cisco CallManager service is running on the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager server.
3.
Both phones are registered to the same Cisco Unified Communications
Manager.
4.
Audio server debug and capture logs are enabled for both phones. If
needed, enable Java debug.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
9-11
Chapter
Resetting or Restoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone
Resetting or Restoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone
There are two general methods for resetting or restoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone:
•
Performing a Basic Reset, page 9-12
•
Performing a Factory Reset, page 9-12
Performing a Basic Reset
Performing a basic reset of a Cisco Unified IP Phone provides a way to recover if the phone experiences
an error and provides a way to reset or restore various configuration and security settings.
Table 9-3 describes the ways to perform a basic reset. You can reset a phone with any of these operations
after the phone has started up. Choose the operation that is appropriate for your situation.
Table 9-3
Basic Reset Methods
Operation
Performing
Explanation
Restart phone
Press the Services, Applications, or
Directories button and then press **#**.
Resets any user and network setup changes that you
have made, but that the phone has not written to its
Flash memory, to previously saved settings, then
restarts the phone.
Reset Settings
To reset settings, press the Applications
button and choose Admin Settings > Reset
Settings > Network.
Resets user and network setup settings to their
default values, and restarts the phone.
To reset the CTL file, press the Applications Resets the CTL file.
button and choose Admin Settings > Reset
Settings > Security.
Performing a Factory Reset
When you perform a factory reset of the Cisco Unified IP Phone, the following information is erased or
reset to its default value:
•
User configuration settings—Reset to default values
•
Network setup settings—Reset to default values
•
Call histories—Erased
•
Locale information—Reset to default values
Before you perform a factory reset, ensure that the following conditions are met:
•
The phone must be on a DHCP-enabled network.
•
A valid TFTP server must be set in DHCP option 150 or option 66 on the DHCP server.
To perform a factory reset of a phone, you can press the Applications button and choose Admin Settings
> Reset Settings > All.
Alternatively, you can also follow these steps:
9-12
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls
Procedure
Step 1
While powering up the phone, press and hold #.
Step 2
When the light on the mute button and handset light strip turns off and all other lights (line button,
headset button, speakerphone button and select button) stay green, press 123456789*0# in sequence.
When you press 1, the lights on the line buttons turn red. The light on the select button flash when a
button is pressed.
If you press the buttons out of sequence, the lights on the line button, headset button, speakerphone
button, and select button turn green. You will need to start over and press 123456789*0# in sequence
again.
After you press these buttons, the phone goes through the factory reset process.
Do not power down the phone until it completes the factory reset process, and the main screen appears.
Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls
To measure the voice quality of calls that are sent and received within the network, Cisco Unified IP
Phones use these statistical metrics that are based on concealment events. The DSP plays concealment
frames to mask frame loss in the voice packet stream.
•
Concealment Ratio metrics—Show the ratio of concealment frames over total speech frames. An
interval conceal ratio is calculated every 3 seconds.
•
Concealed Second metrics—Show the number of seconds in which the DSP plays concealment
frames due to lost frames. A severely “concealed second” is a second in which the DSP plays more
than five percent concealment frames.
•
Mean Opinion Score (MOS) for Listening Quality (LQK) Voice Metrics—Uses a numeric score to
estimate the relative voice-listening quality. The Cisco Unified IP Phones calculate the MOS LQK
based audible-concealment events due to a frame loss in the preceding 8 seconds and includes
weighting factors such as codec type and frame size.
MOS LQK scores are produced by a Cisco-proprietary algorithm, the Cisco Voice Transmission
Quality (CVTQ) index. Depending on the MOS LQK version number, these scores may comply with
the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) standard P.564. (This standard defines
evaluation methods and performance accuracy targets that predict listening quality scores based on
observation of actual network impairment.)
Note
Concealment ratio and concealment seconds are primary measurements based on frame loss. A Conceal
Ratio of zero indicates that the IP network is delivering frames and packets on time with no loss.
You can access voice quality metrics from the Cisco Unified IP Phone by using the Call Statistics screen
(see the “Call Statistics Screen” section on page 7-8) or remotely by using Streaming Statistics (see the
Monitoring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Remotely chapter).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
9-13
Chapter
Monitoring the Voice Quality of Calls
Troubleshooting Tips
When you observe significant and persistent changes to metrics, use Table 9-4 for general
troubleshooting information.
Table 9-4
Changes to Voice Quality Metrics
Metric Change
Condition
Conceal Ratio and Conceal
Seconds increase significantly
Network impairment from packet loss or high jitter.
Conceal Ratio is near or at zero,
but the voice quality is poor.
•
Noise or distortion in the audio channel such as echo or
audio levels.
•
Tandem calls that undergo multiple encode/decode such as
calls to a cellular network or calling card network.
•
Acoustic problems coming from a speakerphone,
handsfree cellular phone or wireless headset.
Check packet transmit (TxCnt) and packet receive (RxCnt)
counters to verify that voice packets are flowing.
MOS LQK scores decrease
significantly
Network impairment from packet loss or high jitter levels:
•
Average MOS LQK decreases may indicate widespread
and uniform impairment.
•
Individual MOS LQK decreases may indicate bursty
impairment.
Cross-check the conceal ratio and conceal seconds for evidence
of packet loss and jitter.
MOS LQK scores increase
significantly
Note
•
Check to see if the phone is using a different codec than
expected (RxType and TxType).
•
Check to see if the MOS LQK version changed after a
firmware upgrade.
Voice quality metrics do not account for noise or distortion, only frame loss.
Using Voice-Quality Metrics
When using the metrics for monitoring voice quality, note the typical scores under normal conditions of
zero packet loss and use the metrics as a baseline for comparison.
It is also important to distinguish significant changes from random changes in metrics. Significant
changes are scores that change about 0.2 MOS or more and persist in calls that last longer than
30 seconds. Conceal ratio changes indicate a frame loss greater than 3 percent.
The MOS LQK scores can vary based on the codec that the Cisco Unified IP Phone uses. The following
codecs provide these corresponding maximum MOS LQK scores under normal conditions with zero
frame loss for Cisco Unified Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961:
9-14
•
G.711: 4.5 MOS LQK
•
G.722: 4.5 MOS LQK
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Chapter
Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information
Note
•
G.728/iLBC: 3.9 MOS LQK
•
G729A/AB: 3.7 MOS LQK
•
Cisco Voice Transmission Quality (CVTQ) does not support wideband (7 kHz) speech codecs,
because ITU has not defined the extension of the technique to wideband. Therefore, MOS LQK
scores that correspond to G.711 performance are reported for G.722 calls to allow basic quality
monitoring, rather than not reporting an MOS score.
•
Reporting G.711-scale MOS scores for wideband calls through the use of CVTQ allows
basic-quality classifications to be indicated as good/normal or bad/abnormal. Calls with high scores
(approximately 4.5) indicate high quality or a low packet loss, and lower scores (approximately 3.5)
indicate low quality or a high packet loss.
•
Unlike MOS, the conceal ratio and concealed seconds metrics remain valid and useful for both
wideband and narrowband calls.
A conceal ratio of zero indicates that the IP network is delivering frames and packets on time with
no loss.
Where to Go for More Troubleshooting Information
If you have additional questions about troubleshooting the Cisco Unified IP Phones, several Cisco.com
web sites can provide you with more tips. Choose from the sites available for your access level.
•
Cisco Unified IP Phone Troubleshooting Resources:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/phones/ps379/tsd_products_support_troubleshoot_and_
alerts.html
•
Cisco Products and Services (Technical Support and Documentation):
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10326/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone
To clean your Cisco Unified IP phone, use only a dry soft cloth to gently wipe the phone and the LCD
screen. Do not apply liquids or powders directly on the phone. As with all non-weather-proof
electronics, liquids and powders can damage the components and cause failures.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
9-15
Chapter
Cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone
9-16
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
A P P E N D I X
A
Providing Information to Users Via a Website
If you are a system administrator, you are likely the primary source of information for Cisco Unified IP
Phone users in your network or company. It is important to provide current and thorough information to
end users.
Cisco recommends that you create a web page on your internal support site that provides end users with
important information about their Cisco Unified IP Phones.
Consider including the following types of information on this site:
•
How Users Obtain Support for the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page A-1
•
How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features, page A-2
•
How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features, page A-2
•
How Users Access a Voice Messaging System, page A-2
•
How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries, page A-3
How Users Obtain Support for the Cisco Unified IP Phone
To successfully use some of the features on the Cisco Unified IP Phone (including speed dial, services,
and voice messaging system options), users must receive information from you or from your network
team or be able to contact you for assistance. Make sure to provide end users with the names of people
to contact for assistance and with instructions for contacting those people.
Giving Users Access to the User Options Web Pages
Before a user can access the User Options web pages, you must use Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration to add the user to a standard Cisco Unified Communications Manager end user
group: choose User Management > User Groups. For additional information, refer to:
•
“User Group Configuration” chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
Guide
•
“Role Configuration” chapter in the Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration Guide
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
A-1
Appendix
How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features
How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features
End users can perform a variety of activities by using the Cisco Unified Communications Manager User
Options web pages. These activities include subscribing to services, setting up speed dial and call
forwarding numbers, configuring ring settings, and creating a personal address book. Keep in mind that
configuring settings on a phone by using a website might be new for your end users. You need to provide
as much information as possible to ensure that they can successfully access and use the User Options
web pages.
Make sure to provide end users with the following information about the User Options web pages:
•
The URL required to access the application. This URL is:
http://<server_name:portnumber>/ccmuser/, where server_name is the host on which the web
server is installed.
•
A user ID and default password are needed to access the application.
These settings correspond to the values you entered when you added the user to Cisco Unified
Communications Manager (see the “Adding Users to Cisco Unified Communications Manager”
section on page 5-22).
•
A brief description of what a web-based, graphical user interface application is, and how to access
it with a web browser.
•
An overview of the tasks that users can accomplish by using the web page.
For information using the User Options web pages, refer to Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945,
and 6961 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5
How Users Access a Voice Messaging System
Cisco Unified Communications Manager lets you integrate with many different voice messaging
systems, including the Cisco Unity voice messaging system. Because you can integrate with a variety of
systems, you must provide users with information about how to use your specific system.
You should provide this information to each user:
•
How to access the voice messaging system account.
Make sure that you have used Cisco Unified Communications Manager to configure the Messages
button on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
Initial PIN for accessing the voice messaging system.
Make sure that you have configured a default voice messaging system PIN for all users.
•
How the phone indicates that voice messages are waiting.
Make sure that you have used Cisco Unified Communications Manager to set up a message waiting
indicator (MWI) method.
For information using a voice messaging system, refer to Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and
6961 User Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5.
A-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries
How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries
Users can configure personal directory entries on the Cisco Unified IP Phone. To configure a personal
directory, users must have access to User Options web pages. Make sure that users know how to access
their User Options web pages. See the “How Users Subscribe to Services and Configure Phone Features”
section on page A-2 for details.
Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer—Make sure to provide users with the installer for
this application. To obtain the installer, choose Application > Plugins from
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration and click Download, which is located next to
the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer plugin name. When the file download dialog
box displays, click Save. Send the TabSyncInstall.exe file to all users who require this application.
See the “Installing and Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer” section on
page A-3 for information about installing the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer.
Installing and Configuring the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book
Synchronizer
Use this tool to synchronize data stored in your Microsoft Windows address book with the
Cisco Unified Communications Manager directory and the User Options Personal Address Book.
Tip
To successfully synchronize the Windows address book with the Personal Address Book, all
Windows address book users should be entered in the Windows address book before performing the
following procedures.
Installing the Synchronizer
Step 1
Download the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer installer file.
Step 2
Double-click the TabSyncInstall.exe file provided by your system administrator.
The publisher dialog box displays.
Step 3
Click Run.
The Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Cisco Unified CallManager Personal Address Book
Synchronizer window displays.
Step 4
Click Next.
The License Agreement window displays.
Step 5
Read the license agreement information, and click the I Accept radio button. Click Next.
The Destination Location window displays.
Step 6
Choose the directory in which you want to install the application and click Next.
The Ready to Install window displays.
Step 7
Click Install.
The installation wizard installs the application to your computer. When the installation is complete, the
InstallShield Wizard Complete window displays.
Step 8
Click Finish.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
A-3
Appendix
How Users Configure Personal Directory Entries
Step 9
To complete the process, follow the steps in the “Configuring the Synchronizer” section on page A-4.
Configuring the Synchronizer
Step 1
Open the Cisco Unified IP Phone Address Book Synchronizer.
If you accepted the default installation directory, you can open the application by choosing Start > All
Programs > Cisco Systems > TabSync.
Step 2
To configure user information, click the User button.
The Cisco Unified CallManager User Information window displays.
Step 3
Enter the Cisco Unified IP Phone user name and password and click OK.
Step 4
To configure Cisco Unified Communications Manager server information, click the Server button.
The Configure Cisco Unified CallManager Server Information window displays.
Step 5
Enter the IP address or host name and the port number of the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
server and click OK.
If you do not have this information, contact your system administrator.
Step 6
To start the directory synchronization process, click the Synchronize button.
The Synchronization Status window provides information on the status of the address book
synchronization. If you chose the user intervention for duplicate entries rule and you have duplicate
address book entries, the Duplicate Selection window displays. Choose the entry that you want to
include in your Personal Address Book and click OK.
When synchronization completes, click Exit to close the Cisco Unified CallManager Address
Book Synchronizer. To verify if the synchronization worked, log in to your User Options web pages and
choose Personal Address Book. The users from your Windows address book should be listed.
A-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
A P P E N D I X
B
Supporting International Users
Translated and localized versions of the Cisco Unified IP Phones are available in several languages. If
you are supporting Cisco Unified IP Phones in a non–English environment, refer to the following
sections to ensure that the phones are set up properly for your users:
•
Installing the Cisco Unified CM Locale Installer, page B-1
•
Support for International Call Logging, page B-1
For information on changing the language that is displayed on the User Options web page or the phone,
refer to Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 User Guide for Cisco Unified
Communications Manager 8.5.
Installing the Cisco Unified CM Locale Installer
If you are using Cisco Unified IP phones in a locale other than English (United States), you must install
the locale-specific version of the Cisco Unified CM Locale Installer on every Cisco Unified CM server
in the cluster. Installing the locale installer ensures that you have the latest translated text, user and
network locales, and country-specific phone tones available for the Cisco Unified IP Phones. You can
find locale-specific versions of the Cisco Unified CM Locale Installer at
http://www.cisco.com/kobayashi/sw-center/telephony/callmgr/locale-installer.shtml.
For more information, refer to the “Locale Installation” section in the “Software Upgrades” chapter in
the Cisco Unified Communications Operating System Administration Guide.
Note
All languages may not be immediately available, so continue to check the website for updates.
Support for International Call Logging
If your phone system is configured for international call logging, the call logs, redial, or call directory
entries may display a “+” symbol to represent the international escape code for your location. Depending
on the configuration for your phone system, the “+” may be replaced with the correct international
dialing code, or you may need to edit the number before dialing to manually replace the “+” with the
international escape code for your location. In addition, while the call log or directory entry may display
the full international number for the received call, the phone display may show the shortened local
version of the number, without international or country codes.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
B-1
Appendix
Support for International Call Logging
B-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
A P P E N D I X
C
Technical Specifications
The following sections describe the technical specifications for the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941,
and 6961.
•
Physical and Operating Environment Specifications, page C-1
•
Cable Specifications, page C-2
•
Network and Access Port Pinouts, page C-2
Physical and Operating Environment Specifications
Table C-1 shows the physical and operating environment specifications for the Cisco Unified IP phones
6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961.
Table C-1
Physical and Operating Specifications
Specification
Value or Range
Operating temperature
23° to 113°F (–5° to 45°C)
Operating relative
humidity
10% to 90% (non-condensing)
Storage temperature
–13° to 176°F (–25° to 80°C)
Height
7.3 in. (18.57 cm)
Width
5.8 in. (14.79 cm)
Depth
7.1 in. (18.05 cm)
Weight
2.2 lb (1.0 kg)
Power
Cables
•
100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, 0.5 A—when using the AC adapter
•
48 VDC, 0.2 A—when using the in-line power over the network cable
Category 3/5/5e for 10-Mbps cables with 4 pairs
Category 5/5e for 100-Mbps cables with 4 pairs
Note
Distance Requirements
Cables have 4 pairs of wires for a total of 8 conductors.
As supported by the Ethernet Specification, it is assumed that the maximum
cable length between each Cisco Unified IP Phone and the switch is
100 meters (330 feet).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
C-1
Appendix
Cable Specifications
Cable Specifications
•
RJ-9 jack (4-conductor) for handset and headset connection.
•
RJ-45 jack for the LAN 10/100BaseT connection (labeled 10/100 SW on the Cisco Unified
IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961).
•
RJ-45 jack for a second 10/100BaseT compliant connection (labeled 10/100 PC on the
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, and 6961).
•
48-volt power connector.
Network and Access Port Pinouts
Although both the network and access ports are used for network connectivity, they serve different
purposes and have different port pinouts.
•
The network port is labeled network on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
•
The access port is labeled Computer on the Cisco Unified IP Phone.
Network Port Connector
Table C-2 describes the network port connector pinouts.
Table C-2
Pin Number
Function
1
BI_DA+
2
BI_DA-
3
BI_DB+
4
BI_DC+
5
BI_DC-
6
BI_DB-
7
BI_DD+
8
BI_DD-
Note
C-2
Network Port Connector Pinouts
“BI” stands for bidirectional, while DA, DB, DC and
DD stand for “Data A”, “Data B”, “Data C” and “Data
D”, respectively.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
Network and Access Port Pinouts
Access Port Connector
Table C-3 describes the access port connector pinouts.
Table C-3
Access Port Connector Pinouts
Pin Number
Function
1
BI_DB+
2
BI_DB-
3
BI_DA+
4
BI_DD+
5
BI_DD-
6
BI_DA-
7
BI_DC+
8
BI_DC-
Note
“BI” stands for bi-directional, while DA, DB, DC and
DD stand for “Data A”, “Data B”, “Data C” and “Data
D”, respectively.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
C-3
Appendix
Network and Access Port Pinouts
C-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
A P P E N D I X
D
Basic Phone Administration Steps
This appendix provides minimum, basic configuration steps for you to do the following:
•
Add a new user to Cisco Unified CM Administration
•
Configure a new phone for that user
•
Associate that user to that phone
•
Complete other basic end-user configuration tasks
The procedures provide one method for performing these tasks and are not the only way to perform these
tasks. They are a streamlined approach to get a new user and corresponding phone running on the system.
These procedures are designed to be used on a mature Cisco Unified CM system where calling search
spaces, partitions, and other complicated configuration have already been done and are in place for
existing users.
This section contains these topics:
•
Example User Information for these Procedures, page D-1
•
Adding a User to Cisco Unified CM, page D-2
•
Configuring the Phone, page D-3
•
Performing Final End User Configuration Steps, page D-6
Example User Information for these Procedures
In the procedures that follow, example are given when possible to illustrate some of the steps. Sample
user and phone information used throughout these procedures includes:
•
User’s Name: John Doe
•
User ID: johndoe
•
Phone model: 6921
•
Protocol: SCCP
•
MAC address listed on phone: 00127F576611
•
Five-digit internal telephone number: 26640
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
D-1
Appendix
Adding a User to Cisco Unified CM
Adding a User to Cisco Unified CM
This section describes steps for adding a user to Cisco Unified CM. Follow one of the procedures in this
section, depending on your operating system and the manner in which you are adding the user:
•
Adding a User From an External LDAP Directory, page D-2
•
Adding a User Directly to Cisco Unified Communications Manager, page D-2
Adding a User From an External LDAP Directory
If you added a user to an LDAP Directory (a non–Cisco Unified Communications Server directory), you
can immediately synchronize that directory to the Cisco Unified CM on which you are adding this same
user and the user’s phone by following these steps.
Procedure
Step 1
Log onto Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration.
Step 2
Choose System > LDAP > LDAP Directory.
Step 3
Use the Find button to locate your LDAP directory.
Step 4
Click on the LDAP directory name.
Step 5
Click Perform Full Sync Now.
If you do not need to immediately synchronize the LDAP Directory to the Cisco Unified
Communications Manager, the LDAP Directory Synchronization Schedule on the LDAP Directory
window determines when the next auto-synchronization is scheduled. However, the synchronization
must occur before you can associate a new user to a device.
Step 6
Proceed to “Configuring the Phone” section on page D-3.
Adding a User Directly to Cisco Unified Communications Manager
If you are not using an LDAP directory, you can add a user directly to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager Administration by following these steps:
Procedure
Step 1
Choose User Management > End User, then click Add New. The End User Configuration window
appears.
Step 2
In the User Information pane of this window, enter the following:
– User ID—Enter the end user identification name. Cisco Unified Communications Manager does
not permit modifying the user ID after it is created. You may use the following special
characters: =, +, <, >, #, ;, \, , "", and blank spaces.
Example: johndoe
D-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
Configuring the Phone
– Password and Confirm Password—Enter five or more alphanumeric or special characters for the
end user password. You may use the following special characters: =, +, <, >, #, ;, \, , "", and
blank spaces.
– Last Name—Enter the end user last name. You may use the following special characters: =, +,
<, >, #, ;, \, , "", and blank spaces.
Example: doe
– Telephone Number—Enter the primary directory number for the end user. End users can have
multiple lines on their phones.
Example: 26640 (John Doe’s internal company telephone number)
Step 3
Click Save.
Step 4
Proceed to the section Configuring the Phone, page D-3.
Configuring the Phone
To identify the user’s phone model and protocol, follow these steps.
Procedure
Step 1
From Cisco Unified Communications Manager administration, choose Device > Phone >.
Step 2
Click Add New.
Step 3
Select the user’s phone model from the Phone Type drop-down list, then click Next. The Phone
Configuration window appears.
On the Phone Configuration window, you can use the default values for most of the fields.
To configure the required fields and some key additional fields, follow these steps.
Procedure
Step 1
For the required fields, possible values, some of which are based on the example of user johndoe, can
be configured as follows:
a.
In the Device Information pane of this window:
– MAC Address—Enter the MAC address of the phone, which is listed on a sticker on the phone.
Make sure that the value comprises 12 hexadecimal characters.
Example: 00127F576611 (MAC address on john doe’s phone)
– Description—This is an optional field in which you can enter a useful description, such as john
doe’s phone. This will help you if you need to search on information about this user.
– Device Pool—Choose the device pool to which you want this phone assigned. The device pool
defines sets of common characteristics for devices, such as region, date/time group, softkey
template, and MLPP information.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
D-3
Appendix
Configuring the Phone
Note
Device Pools are defined on the Device Pool Configuration window of Cisco Unified
Communications Server Administration (System > Device Pool).
– Phone Button Template—Choose the appropriate phone button template from the drop-down
list. The phone button template determines the configuration of buttons on a phone and
identifies which feature (line, speed dial, and so on) is used for each button.
Phone button templates are defined on the Phone Button Template Configuration window of
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration (Device > Device Settings > Phone
Button Template). You can use the search field(s) in conjunction with the Find button to find
all configured phone button templates and their current settings.
– Softkey Template—Choose the appropriate softkey template. The softkey template determines
the configuration of the softkeys on Cisco Unified IP Phones. Leave this field blank if the
common device configuration contains the assigned softkey template.
Softkey templates are defined on the Softkey Template Configuration window of Cisco Unified
Communications Manager Administration (Device > Device Settings > Softkey Template).
You can use the search field(s) in conjunction with the Find button to find all configured softkey
templates and their current settings.
– Common Phone Profile—From the drop-down list box, choose a common phone profile from
the list of available common phone profiles.
Common Phone Profiles are defined on the Common Phone Profile Configuration window of
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration (Device > Device Settings >
Common Phone Profile). You can use the search field(s) in conjunction with the Find button
to find all configured common phone profiles and their current settings.
– Calling Search Space—From the drop-down list box, choose the appropriate calling search
space (CSS). A calling search space comprises a collection of partitions (analogous to a
collection of available phone books) that are searched to determine how a dialed number should
be routed. The calling search space for the device and the calling search space for the directory
number get used together. The directory number CSS takes precedence over the device CSS.
Calling Search Spaces are defined on the Calling Search Space Configuration window of Cisco
Unified Communications Manager Administration (Calling routing > Class of Control>
Calling Search Space). You can use the search field(s) in conjunction with the Find button to
find all configured Calling Search Spaces and their current settings.
– Location—Choose the appropriate location for this Cisco Unified IP Phone.
– Owner User ID—From the drop-down menu, choose the user ID of the assigned phone user.
b.
In the Protocol Specific Information pane of this window, choose a Device Security Profile from the
drop-down list. To enable security features for a phone, you must configure a new security profile
for the device type and protocol and apply it to the phone. If the phone does not support security,
choose a non-secure profile.
To identify the settings that are contained in the profile, choose System > Security Profile > Phone
Security Profile.
The security profile chosen should be based on the overall security strategy of the company.
D-4
c.
In the Extension Information pane of this window, check the Enable Extension Mobility box if this
phone supports Cisco Extension Mobility.
d.
Click Save.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
Configuring the Phone
Step 2
Configure line settings:
a.
On the Phone Configuration window, click Line 1 on the left pane of the window. The Directory
Number Configuration window appears.
b.
In the Directory Number field, enter a valid number that can be dialed.
This field should contain the same number that appears in the Telephone Number field on the User
Configuration window.
Example: 26640 is the directory number of user John Doe in the example above.
c.
From the Route Partition drop-down list, choose the partition to which the directory number
belongs. If you do not want to restrict access to the directory number, choose <None> for the
partition.
d.
From the Calling Search Space drop-down list (Directory Number Settings pane of the Directory
Number Configuration window), choose the appropriate calling search space. A calling search space
comprises a collection of partitions that are searched for numbers that are called from this directory
number. The value that you choose applies to all devices that are using this directory number.
e.
In the Call Pickup and Call Forward Settings pane of the Directory Number Configuration window,
choose the items (i.e. Forward All, Forward Busy Internal) and corresponding destinations to which
calls should be sent.
Example: If you want incoming internal and external calls that receive a busy signal to be forwarded
to the voice mail for this line, check the Voice Mail box next to the “Forward Busy Internal” and
“Forward Busy External” items in the left column of the Call Pickup and Call Forward Settings
pane.
f.
In the “Line 1 on Device...” pane of the Directory Number Configuration window, configure the
following:
– Display (Internal Caller ID field)—You can enter the first name and last name of the user of this
device so that this name will be displayed for all internal calls. You can also leave this field
blank to have the system display the phone extension.
– External Phone Number Mask—Indicate phone number (or mask) that is used to send Caller ID
information when a call is placed from this line.
You can enter a maximum of 24 number and "X" characters. The Xs represent the directory
number and must appear at the end of the pattern.
Example: Using the john doe extension in the example above, if you specify a mask of
408902XXXX, an external call from extension 6640 displays a caller ID number of
4089026640.
Note
This setting applies only to the current device unless you check the check box at right
(Update Shared Device Settings) and click the Propagate Selected button. (The check
box at right displays only if other devices share this directory number.)
g.
Click Save.
h.
Click Associate End Users at the bottom of the window to associate a user to the line being
configured. Use the Find button in conjunction with the Search fields to locate the user, then check
the box next to the user’s name, then click Add Selected. The user’s name and user ID should now
appear in the “Users Associated With Line” pane of the Directory Number Configuration window.
i.
Click Save. The user is now associated with Line 1 on the phone.
j.
If your phone has a second line, configure Line 2.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
D-5
Appendix
Performing Final End User Configuration Steps
k.
Associate the user with the device:
– Choose User Management > End User.
– Use the search boxes and the Find button to locate the user you have added (i.e. doe for the
last name).
– Click on the user ID (i.e. johndoe). The End User Configuration window appears.
– Click Device Associations.
– Use the Search fields and the Find button to locate the device with which you want to associate
to the user. Select the device, then click Save Selected/Changes. The user is now associated
with the device.
– Click the Go button next to the “Back to User” Related link in the upper-right corner of the
screen.
l.
Proceed to Performing Final End User Configuration Steps, page D-6.
Performing Final End User Configuration Steps
If you are not already on the End User Configuration page, choose User Management > End User to
perform some final configuration tasks. Use the Search fields and the Find button to locate the user (i.e.
John Doe), then click on the user ID to get to the End User Configuration window for the user.
In the End User configuration window, do the following:
Procedure
Step 1
In the Directory Number Associations pane of the screen, set the primary extension from the drop-down
list.
Step 2
In the Mobility Information pane, check the Enable Mobility box.
Step 3
In the Permissions Information pane, use the User Group buttons to add this user to any user groups. For
example, you may want to add the user to a group that has been defined as a “Standard CCM End User
Group.”
To view all configured user groups, choose User Management > User Group.
Step 4
D-6
Click Save.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
A P P E N D I X
E
Installing the Wall Mount Kit for the Cisco
Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
This appendix contains information on installing the wall mount for use with the Cisco Unified
IP Phones 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961.
Figure E-1
Anchors
(4)
Machine
screws
(2)
Ethernet
cable
Lock-down
key
Phone bracket
Wall bracket
274935
Screws
(4)
Wall Mount Kit
The package includes these items:
•
One phone bracket
•
One wall bracket
•
Four 10-12x1 inch Phillips-head screws with 4 anchors
•
Two 4-40x1/4 inch machine screws
•
One 6-inch Ethernet cable
•
One key if the bracket includes the optional lock
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
E-1
Appendix
Before You Begin
Before You Begin
You will need these tools to install the bracket:
•
#1 and #2 Phillips-head screwdrivers
•
Level
You must also install an Ethernet jack for the telephone in the desired location if an Ethernet jack does
not currently exist. This jack must be wired appropriately for an Ethernet connection. You cannot use a
regular telephone jack. For more information on phone installation requirements and warnings, see the
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone chapter.
Installing the Bracket
To install the phone on the wall, perform the following steps:
Procedure
Step 1
E-2
Mount the wall bracket in the desired location (Figure E-2). You can install the bracket over an Ethernet
jack, or you can run the Ethernet network cable to a jack nearby.
a.
Use the level to ensure the bracket is level, then use a pencil to mark the screw holes.
b.
Using a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver, carefully center the anchor over the pencil mark and press the
anchor into the wall.
c.
Screw the anchor clockwise into the wall until it is seated flush.
d.
Use the included screws and a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to attach the bracket to the wall.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
Installing the Bracket
Figure E-2
Mounting the Wall Bracket
A
B
Mark mounting
holes through
bracket on wall
Level wall
bracket on wall
C
D
274936
Insert anchors
into wall
Screw bracket
to wall using
Phillips head
screws
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
E-3
Appendix
Installing the Bracket
Step 2
Attach the phone bracket to the IP phone (Figure E-3).
a.
Detach the handset cord (and headset cord, if there is a headset), power cord, and any other attached
cords from the base of the phone.
b.
Remove the label covers that are concealing the screw holes.
c.
Attach the phone bracket by inserting the tabs into the mounting tabs on the phone. The phone’s
ports should be accessible through the holes in the bracket.
d.
Secure the phone bracket to the IP Phone with the machine screws.
e.
Thread the handset cord (and headset cord, if using one). Reattach the cords and seat them in the
clips incorporated into the phone body.
Figure E-3
Attaching the Phone Bracket
Screw holes
274937
Slot for
mounting tabs
Step 3
E-4
Remove the handset wall hook in the handset rest, rotate the hook 180 degrees, and reinsert the hook.
The hook should have a lip on which the handset catches when the phone is vertical (Figure E-4).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
Installing the Bracket
Figure E-4
Preparing the Handset Hook
2
3
4
192897
1
Step 4
Attach the Ethernet cable to the 10/100 SW network port and wall jack.
If you are connecting a network device (such as a computer) to the phone, attach the cable to the
10/100 PC access port.
If you are using an external power supply, plug the power cord into the phone and dress the cord by
clipping it into the clips incorporated into the phone body next to the 10/100 PC port (Figure E-5).
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
E-5
Appendix
Installing the Bracket
Figure E-5
Attaching the Cables
Wall bracket
Phone bracket
274939
Network
port
Handset port
AC adapter
port
(optional power
cable)
E-6
Phone bracket
cable access hole
U-shaped holes
for cables
Step 5
Attach the phone to the wall bracket by inserting the tabs on the top of the phone bracket into the slots
on the wall bracket. Ensure that the power cord and any other cable that does not terminate in the wall
behind the bracket are positioned in one of the cable-access openings in the bottom of the bracket. The
phone and wall brackets’ openings together form circular openings with room for one cable per opening
(Figure E-6).
Step 6
Use the locking key to lock the phone to the wall bracket.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
Installing the Bracket
Attaching the Phone to the Wall Bracket
275668
Figure E-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
E-7
Appendix
Installing the Bracket
E-8
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
A P P E N D I X
F
Cisco Unified IP Phone Non-Lockable Wall
Mount
This appendix contains information on installing the following product:
•
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series: Installed on the Cisco Unified IP Phone 6911,
6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961.
This nonlocking wall mount kit meets ADA 4.4.1 requirements.
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series
This section describes how to install the ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series on a Cisco
Unified IP Phone 6911, 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961.
The following figure shows the wall mount kit installed on the phone.
Back View of ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit Installed on Phone
345754
Figure F-1
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
F-1
Appendix
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series
The following figure shows the phone with the wall mount kit from the side.
Side View of ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit Installed on Phone
345757
Figure F-2
Components
The following figure shows the contents of the Wall Mount kit.
Figure F-3
Screws
(4)
Components
Anchors
(4)
Machine
screws
(2)
Phone bracket
Wall bracket
345758
Ethernet
cable
The package includes these items:
F-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series
•
One phone bracket
•
One wall bracket
•
Four #8-18 x 1.25-inch Phillips-head screws with four anchors
•
Two M2.5 x 6 mm machine screws
•
One 6-inch Ethernet cable
Before You Begin
You need these tools to install the bracket:
•
#1 and #2 Phillips-head screwdrivers
•
Level
•
Pencil
You must also install an Ethernet jack for the telephone in the desired location if an Ethernet jack does
not currently exist. This jack must be wired appropriately for an Ethernet connection. You cannot use a
regular telephone jack. For more information about phone installation requirements and warnings, see
Setting Up the Cisco Unified IP Phone, page 3-1.
Install Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for Phone
Step 1
Mount the wall bracket in the desired location. You can install the bracket over an Ethernet jack, or you
can run the Ethernet network cable to a jack nearby.
a.
Hold the bracket on the wall, placing it so that the arrow on the back of the bracket is pointing up.
b.
Use the level to ensure the bracket is level and use a pencil to mark the screw holes.
c.
Use a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to carefully center the anchor over the pencil mark and press the
anchor into the wall.
d.
Screw the anchor clockwise into the wall until it is seated flush.
e.
Use the included screws and a #2 Phillips-head screwdriver to attach the bracket to the wall.
The following figure shows the steps to mount the wall bracket.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
F-3
Appendix
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series
Figure F-4
Mount the Wall Bracket
A
B
C
Mark mounting
holes through
bracket on wall
Level wall
bracket on wall
E
D
Screw bracket
to wall using
Phillips head
screws
345755
Insert anchors
into wall
Step 2
Attach the phone bracket to the IP phone.
a.
Detach the handset cord (and headset cord, if there is a headset), power cord, and any other attached
cords from the base of the phone.
b.
Remove the label covers that are concealing the screw holes.
c.
Attach the phone bracket by inserting the tabs into the mounting tabs on the phone. The phone ports
should be accessible through the holes in the bracket.
d.
Secure the phone bracket to the IP Phone with the machine screws.
e.
Thread the handset cord (and headset cord, if using one). Reattach the cords and seat them in the
clips incorporated into the phone body.
The following figure shows how to attach the phone bracket.
F-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series
Figure F-5
Attach Phone Bracket
Screw holes
274937
Slot for
mounting tabs
Step 3
Attach the cables.
a.
Attach the Ethernet cable to the 10/100 SW network port and wall jack.
b.
(Optional) If you are connecting a network device (such as a computer) to the phone, attach the cable
to the 10/100 PC access port.
c.
(Optional) If you are using an external power supply, plug the power cord into the phone and dress
the cord by clipping it into the clips incorporated into the phone body next to the 10/100 PC port.
The following figure shows the cable attachment.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
F-5
Appendix
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series
Figure F-6
Attach Cables
Wall bracket
Phone bracket
274939
Network
port
Handset port
AC adapter
port
(optional power
cable)
Step 4
Phone bracket
cable access hole
U-shaped holes
for cables
Attach the phone to the wall bracket by inserting the tabs on the top of the phone bracket into the slots
on the wall bracket.
Use the cable-access openings in the bottom of the bracket to position the power cord and any other cable
that does not terminate in the wall behind the bracket. The phone and wall bracket openings together
form circular openings with room for one cable per opening.
Step 5
Proceed to Step 3 of Installing the Bracket, page E-2.
Remove Phone from Non-Lockable Wall Mount
The phone mounting plate contains two tabs to lock the plate into the wall bracket. The following figure
shows the location and shape of the tabs.
The following figure shows the tab location.
F-6
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series
Tab Location
345759
Figure F-7
To remove the phone and mounting plate from the wall bracket, you must disengage these tabs.
Before You Begin
You require two screwdrivers or metal sticks.
Step 1
Push the screw drivers into the left and right holes in the phone mounting plate approximately 1 in. (2.5
cm).
Step 2
Press firmly inwards (towards the phone) to disengage the tabs, lift up on the phone to release the phone
from the wall bracket, and then pull the phone towards you.
The following figure shows how to disengage the tabs.
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
F-7
Appendix
ADA Non-Lockable Wall Mount Kit for 6900 Series
Disengage tabs
345760
Figure F-8
F-8
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
A P P E N D I X
G
Feature Support by Protocol for the Cisco
Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961
This appendix provides information about feature support for the Cisco Unified IP Phones 6921, 6941,
6945, and 6961 using the SCCP or SIP protocol with Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Release 8.5(2).
Table G-1 provides a high-level overview of calling features and their support by protocol. This table
focuses primarily on end-user calling features and is not intended to represent a comprehensive listing
of all available phone features. For details about user interface differences and feature use, refer to the
Cisco Unified IP Phone user guide.
The guide is available at this URL:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10326/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
The specific sections that describe the features in the phone guide are referenced in Table G-1.
Table G-1
Cisco Unified IP Phones Feature Support by Protocol
Protocol
Features
SCCP
SIP
For More Information
Abbreviated Dialing
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Placing a Call: Additional
Options
Agent Greeting
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Answering a Call
Audible Message Waiting
Indicator (AMWI)
Supported
Supported
Accessing Voice Messages
Auto Answer
Supported
Supported
Using a Handset, Headset, and
Speakerphone—Using Auto Answer
Auto-pickup
Supported
Supported
Automatic Port
Synchronization
Supported
Supported
cBarge
Supported
Supported
Block external to external
transfer
Supported
Supported
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
Supported
Supported
Calling Features
Advanced Call Handling—Using a Shared Line
Advanced Call Handling—Using BLF to
Determine a Line State
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
G-1
Appendix
Table G-1
Cisco Unified IP Phones Feature Support by Protocol (continued)
Protocol
Features
SCCP
SIP
For More Information
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
Pickup
Supported
Supported
Advanced Call Handling—Using BLF to
Determine a Line State
Call Back
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Placing a Call: Additional
Options
Call Display Restrictions
Supported
Supported
Call Forward All
Supported
Supported
Call Forward All Breakout Supported
Supported
Call Forward All Loop
Prevention
Supported
Supported
Call Forward Busy
Supported
Supported
Call Forward Configurable Supported
Display
Supported
Call Forward Destination
Override
Supported
Supported
Call Forward No Answer
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Forwarding Calls to
Another Number
Call Park
Supported
Supported
Advanced Call Handling—Storing and Receiving
Parked Calls
Call Pickup/Group Call
Pickup/Directed Call
Pickup
Supported
Supported
Advanced Call Handling—Picking Up a
Redirected Call on Your Phone”
Call Recording
Supported
Supported
Call Waiting
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Answering a Call
Caller ID
Supported
Supported
An Overview of Your Phone—Understanding
Touch Screen Features or An Overview of Your
Phone—Understanding Phone Screen Features
Caller ID Blocking
Supported
Supported
Call Back
Supported
Supported
Cisco Extension Mobility
Supported
Supported
Cisco Extension Mobility
Cross Cluster
Supported
Supported
Client Matter Codes
(CMC)
Supported
Not supported
Basic Call Handling—Placing a Call: Additional
Options
Computer Telephony
Integration (CTI)
Applications
Supported
Some support (such as
Call Park, MWI)
Users do not interact with this feature directly. It is
configured on Cisco Unified Communications
Manager.
Calling Features
G-2
Basic Call Handling—Forwarding Calls to
Another Number
Basic Call Handling—Forwarding Calls to
Another Number
Advanced Call Handling—Using Cisco Extension
Mobility
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Appendix
Table G-1
Cisco Unified IP Phones Feature Support by Protocol (continued)
Protocol
Features
SCCP
SIP
For More Information
Calling Features
Configurable Call Forward Supported
Display
Supported
Direct Transfer
Supported
Supported
Directed Call Park
Supported
Supported
Advanced Call Handling—Storing and Receiving
Parked Calls
Do Not Disturb (DND)
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Using Do Not Disturb
Distinctive Ring
Supported
Supported
Using Phone Settings—Customizing Rings and
Message Indicators
Fast Dial Service
Supported
Supported
Advanced Call Handling—Speed Dialing
Forced Authorization
Codes (FAC)
Supported
Not supported
Basic Call Handling—Placing a Call: Additional
Options
Group Call Pickup
Supported
Supported
Hold/Resume
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Using Hold and Resume
Hold Reversion
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Using Hold and Resume
Hunt Group
Supported
Supported
Immediate Divert
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Answering a Call
Intercom
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Placing or Receiving
Intercom Calls
Join
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Making Conference Calls
Join Across Lines
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Making Conference Calls
Log Out of Hunt Groups
Supported
Supported
Advanced Call Handling—Logging Out of Hunt
Groups
Malicious Call ID
Supported
Supported
Advanced Call Handling—Tracing Suspicious
Calls
Meet-Me Conference
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Making Conference Calls
Message Waiting Indicator Supported
Supported
Mobile Connect
Supported
Supported
Mobile Voice Access
Supported
Supported
Music on Hold
Supported
Supported
Mute
Supported
Supported
Ringer Volume Control
Supported
Supported
On-hook Dialing
Supported
Supported
Other Group Pickup
Supported
Supported
Plus Dialing
Supported
Supported
Using Call Logs
Privacy
Supported
Supported
Advanced Call Handling—Using a Shared Line
Advanced Call Handling—Answering a Call
Basic Call Handling—Using Mute
Basic Call Handling—Placing a Call: Basic
Options
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
G-3
Appendix
Table G-1
Cisco Unified IP Phones Feature Support by Protocol (continued)
Protocol
Features
SCCP
SIP
For More Information
Private Line Automated
Ringdown (PLAR)
Supported
Supported
Programmable Feature
Supported
Supported
Feature descriptions throughout phone guide
Quality Reporting Tool
(QRT)
Supported
Supported
Troubleshooting—Using the Quality Reporting
Tool
Redial
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Placing a Call: Basic
Options
Ring Setting
Supported
Supported
Secure Conference
Supported
Supported
Services
Supported
Supported
Services URL button
Supported
Supported
Shared Line
Supported
Supported
Monitoring and Recording
Supported
Supported
Speed Dialing
Supported
Supported
Time-of-Day Routing
Supported
Supported
Transfer
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Transferring Calls
Transfer - Direct Transfer
Supported
Supported
Basic Call Handling—Transferring Calls
Time Zone Update
Supported
Supported
Voice Mail
Supported
Supported
Calling Features
Buttons
G-4
Basic Call Handling—Making Conference Calls
Advanced Call Handling—Using a Shared Line
Advanced Call Handling—Speed Dialing
Accessing Voice Messages section of the Phone
Guide
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
INDEX
users to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 5-22
Numerics
Admin. VLAN ID
802.1X
authentication server
authenticator
supplicant
AdvanceAdhocConference service parameter
1-21
agent greeting
1-21
network components
answer release
9-9
802.1X Authentication menu
about
G-2
applications button, description of
1-3, 1-6, 1-8
Audible message waiting indicator
G-1
5-3
authentication server, in 802.1X
EAP-MD5
Device ID
Realm
4-8
audible message waiting indicator
4-9
authenticator, in 802.1X
4-10
auto answer
4-10
Shared Secret
options
Device Authentication
EAP-MD5
4-10
1-21
1-21
5-3, G-1
automatic port synchronization
4-10
5-7
5-2, G-1
Alternate TFTP
1-21
1-21
Troubleshooting
4-4
auto pickup
5-3
auto-pickup
G-1
5-3
auto-registration
4-10
using
2-9
auxiliary VLAN
2-3
A
abbreviated dialing
5-2, G-1
AC adapter, connecting to
access, to phone settings
B
3-5
backlight
3-16, 4-2
barge
access port
configuring
connecting
purpose
1-20
block external to external transfer
3-5
BootP
8-7
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
4-1
pickup
adding
Cisco Unified IP Phones manually
Cisco Unified IP Phones using auto-registration
1-9
1-29, G-1
G-2
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Pickup
2-10
2-9
5-3, G-1
1-9
Bootstrap Protocol (BootP)
3-3
access to phone settings
1-22, G-1
call security restrictions
4-6
forwarding packets to
3-9
5-4
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) speed dial
5-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
IN-1
Index
adding phone to database of
C
interactions with
call
2-8
2-2
required for Cisco Unified IP Phones
security interactions
Call Back
call back
1-20
adding telephony features using
G-2
5-4, G-2
adding manually to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 2-10
G-2
caller id blocking
adding to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 2-8
5-6
5-4
all breakout
all calls
cleaning
G-2
G-2
configuring user services
G-2
5-4
call forward busy
5-4
5-4
call forward no coverage
G-2
destination override
5-5, G-2
display, configuring
5-5
no answer
call park
5-4
5-5
G-2
9-12
technical specifications
C-1
using LDAP directories
5-16
8-1
cleaning the Cisco Unified IP Phone
1-20
Clear softkey
5-5, 5-25, G-2
5-7, G-2
computer telephony integration (CTI)
1-17
5-6
conference
secure
1-9
9-15
7-3, 7-7
client matter codes
5-25
G-2
5-7
1-19
See secure conference
cell phone interference
1-1
conference button, description of
Cisco Discovery Protocol
conference joining
See CDP
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
G-2
1-3, 1-5, 1-7
5-7
configurable call forward display
Cisco Extension Mobility Cross Cluster Service
IN-2
3-14
2-8
web page
CAST support for SIP
5-17
2-3
resetting
CAPF (Certificate Authority Proxy Function)
CDP
1-22
registering with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 2-9
G-2
configurating
1-22, 1-27
registering
call security restrictions using Barge
call waiting
installation overview
power
5-5, G-2
call pickup
1-27
mounting to wall
5-4
call forward destination override
5-21
modifying phone button templates
5-4
configurable display
1-22
installation checklist
installation requirements
call forward no answer
loop prevention
1-24
configuration requirements
all loop prevention
loop breakout
9-15
configuration checklist
G-2
call forward all
G-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone
5-6, G-2
call forward
5-1
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Assistant
caller ID blocking
busy
Cisco Unified Communications Manager Administration
5-4, G-2
call display restrictions
caller ID
3-2
5-5, G-3
configuration file
creating
9-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Index
encrypted
1-17
troubleshooting
modifying
6-1
DHCP Address Released
overview
2-5
XmlDefault.cnf.xml
2-5
configuring
9-6
DHCP IP address
9-11
directed call park
5-8, G-3
directed call pickup
LDAP directories
overview
direct transfer
1-22
user features
5-17
5-19
5-22
connecting
5-8, G-3
DistinctiveRingList.xml file format
divert
5-8
DND
5-8, G-3
2-10
5-7, 5-15, G-3
distinctive ring
5-16
phone button templates
softkey templates
5-8
directory numbers, assigning manually
5-16
personal directories
4-8
6-2
DNS server
handset
3-5
troubleshooting
headset
3-5
verifying settings
to AC adapter
3-5
DNS Server 1-5
to a computer
3-5
documentation
9-7
9-4
4-7
additional
ii-x
connecting IP phones to other IP phones (daisy
chaining) 9-10
Domain Name
4-4
contacts button
Domain Name System (DNS) server
to the network
3-5
1-4
contacts button, description of
1-6, 1-9
Domain Name System (DNS)
do not disturb
4-4
4-7
5-8
custom phone rings
about
6-2
creating
E
6-2, 6-3
PCM file requirements
6-3
EAP-MD5
4-10
encrypted configuration files
D
data VLAN
2-3
Debug Display web page
Default Router 1-5
6-5
8-2, 8-9
4-7
Device Authentication
device authentication
media
1-17
call forward options
5-16, 5-24
call forward optionsenterprise parameters
user options web page defaults
4-10
user options web page defaults
1-17
Ethernet Information web page
4-2
Device Information web page
extension mobility
8-2, 8-3
external power
5-24
5-16, 5-24
error messages, used for troubleshooting
Device Configuration menu
DHCP
1-14
enterprise parameters
Days Backlight Not Active
displaying
encryption
1-17
9-3
8-2, 8-7
G-2
2-4
4-7
description
1-10
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
IN-3
Index
call forward all loop prevention
F
call forward busy
fast dials
address book
5-18
fast dial service
5-9, G-3
1-6, 1-8
conference
contacts
hold
1-5, 1-7
1-5, 1-8
direct transfer
1-5, 1-7
DND
1-5, 1-7
G-3
G-3
G-3
extension mobility
configuring on phone, overview
fast dial service
1-14
configuring with Cisco Unified Communications
Manager, overview 1-13
informing users about, overview
abbreviated dialing
answer release
G-3
group call pickup
G-3
G-3
immediate divert
G-1
intercom
G-2, G-4
Audible message waiting indicator
G-1
join
G-3
G-3
G-3
auto answer
G-1
join across lines
auto-pickup
G-1
log out of hunt groups
barge
block external to external transfer
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
call back
G-1
G-2
message waiting
G-3
mute
G-2
call forward all breakout
G-2
G-2
G-3
G-3
G-3
G-3
G-3
monitoring and recording
music-on-hold
G-2
call forward all calls
meet-me conference
mobile voice access
G-2
caller ID blocking
G-1
mobile connect
G-2
call display restrictions
caller ID
G-3
malicious caller identification (MCID)
G-1
Call Back
G-3
G-3
hold reversion
support by protocol
G-2
forced authorization codes
hold
1-14
G-3
G-3
distinctive ring
1-5, 1-8
features
IN-4
G-2
directed call park
programmable line button
transfer
G-2
configurable call forward display
1-8
speakerphone
G-2
computer telephony integration (CTI)
Applications G-2
1-5, 1-8
softkey
G-2
G-2
client matter codes
1-6, 1-8
navigation
G-2
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Assistant G-2
1-5, 1-8
mute
call forward destination override
call waiting
1-5, 1-8
messages
G-2
call pickup
1-6, 1-9
headset
call forward configurable display
call park
applications
G-2
call forward no answer
feature buttons
G-2
G-4
G-3
G-3
on-hook dialing
G-3
other group pickup
G-3
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Index
pickup
audio quality
G-2
privacy
connecting
G-3
Private Line Automated Ringdown (PLAR)
programmable feature buttons
G-4
quality
Quality Reporting Tool (QRT)
G-4
using
redial
3-4
3-4
3-3
headset port
G-4
secure conference
shared line
hold
G-4
Services URL button
G-4
Time-of-Day Routing
G-4
hold button, description of
HTTP
transfer-direct transfer
G-4
4-4
1-10
hunt group
1-10
5-9
log out of hunt groups
G-4
file authentication
1-3, 1-5, 1-8
5-9, G-3
HTTP, description
G-4
voice mail
5-9, G-3
Host Name
G-4
hunt group display
1-17
file format
1-3, 1-5, 1-8
3-5
hold reversion
G-4
speed dialing
transfer
3-4
headset button, description of
G-4
ring setting
5-11
G-3
Hypertext Transfer Protocol
DistinctiveRingList.xml
footstand
See HTTP
6-2
3-9
forced authorization codes
5-9, G-3
I
idle display
G
G
disabling
G-4
3-4
configuring
6-4
viewing settings
1-1
G.711µ
1-1
G.711a
1-1
XML service
iLBC
6-4
1-1
G.722
1-1
image authentication
G.729
1-1
immediate divert
G.729a
G.729ab
6-4
1-16
G-3
installing
1-1
1-1
group call pickup
5-9, G-3
Cisco Unified Communications Manager
configuration 3-2
network requirements
preparing
H
3-1
2-8
requirements, overview
handset
1-4, 1-6, 1-9
connecting
light strip
headset
3-5
1-2, 1-4, 1-7
intercom
5-10, G-3
interference, cell phone
1-1
International Call Logging
Internet Protocol (IP)
IP Address
1-22
B-1
1-10
4-7
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
IN-5
Index
IP address, troubleshooting
IPv4 Configuration
Message Waiting Lamp
9-3
MIC
4-4
1-17
mobile connect
5-11, G-3
mobile voice access
J
join
5-10, G-3
join across lines
Join and Direct Transfer Policy
7-1
monitoring and recording
5-14, G-4
mute
5-15
5-11, G-3
Model Information screen
music-on-hold
G-3
1-29
5-11, G-3
5-11
feature
G-3
mute button, description of
1-3, 1-5, 1-8
K
keypad, description of
1-3, 1-5, 1-8
N
native VLAN
L
2-3
navigation button, description of
LDAP directories, using with Cisco Unified IP
Phone 5-16
light strip
1-2, 1-4, 1-7
Line Status
1-29
LLDP-MED
4-6
SW port
8-7
Locale Installer
Network Configuration menu
about
4-4
Admin. VLAN ID
line buttons, description of
1-3
displaying
Host Name
4-4
4-4
IPv4
B-1
Alternate TFTP
4-8
Default Router 1-5
Installing the Cisco Unified Communications Manager
Locale Installer B-1
log out of hunt groups
G-3
DHCP
DHCP Address Released
DNS Server 1-5
2-13
malicious caller identification (MCID)
5-11, G-3
manufacturing installed certificate (MIC)
media encryption
1-17
meet-me conference
Message Indicators
4-7
4-7
TFTP Server 1
4-8
TFTP Server 2
4-8
Operational VLAN ID
4-4
options
CDP on PC port
5-11, G-3
8-7
CDP on switch port
1-29
messages button, description of
message waiting
1-17
overview
1-3, 1-6, 1-8
5-11, G-3
Message Waiting Indicator (MWI)
8-7
4-1
PC Port Configuration
PC VLAN
1-29
4-8
4-7
Subnet Mask
M
4-7
4-7
IP Address
IN-6
4-4
4-2
Domain Name
localization
MAC address
1-8
4-6
4-5
SW Port Configuration
4-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Index
Network Configuration web page
8-2, 8-4
PC Port Configuration
network connections, access port
3-3
PC VLAN
network connectivity, verifying
4-6
4-5
personal address book
9-3
phone button template
networking protocol
5-18
BootP
1-9
personal directories, configuring
CAST
1-9
phone button template
CDP
1-10
HTTP
1-10
IP
modifying
1-9
DHCP
for personal address book or fast dials
phone button templates
phone hardening
1-10
RTCP
RTP
SIP
SRTP
TCP
TFTP
plus dialing
1-11
PoE
1-11
1-12
G-3
3-2
network
3-2
power
network outages, identifying
external
9-6
network port
configuring
9-6
2-4
access
1-12
UDP
4-1
ports
1-11
1-12
1-2, 1-4
physical connection, verifying
1-11
TLS
1-18
phone settings access
1-11
5-18
5-17
phone screen, description of
1-11
SCCP
5-16
2-3, 2-4
for the phone
outage
4-5
connecting to
PoE
3-5
network requirements, for installing
network statistics
Network web page
2-4
2-4
power reduction
3-1
3-9
power over Ethernet
7-6, 8-7
Network Statistics screen
2-3
See PoE
7-6
power save
8-2, 8-8
3-9
power source
causing phone to reset
O
on-hook dialing
power injector
privacy
G-3
onhook predialing
other group pickup
2-4
5-12, G-3
Private Line Automated Ringdown (PLAR)
5-12
Operational VLAN ID
9-8
programmable feature butons
4-4
G-4
Programmable Feature Button
5-12, G-3
programmable line button
1-29
1-29
programmable line button, description of
P
Programmable Line Key (PLK)
PCM file requirements, for custom ring types
6-3
programmable line keys
5-12, G-4
1-3, 1-5, 1-8
1-29
5-12
protected call
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
IN-7
Index
description
1-19
secure SRST reference
Protected Calls
1-19
security
1-17
CAPF (Certificate Authority Proxy Function)
Q
Quality Reporting Tool (QRT)
configuring on phone
3-15
device authentication
1-17
encrypted configuration file
5-12, G-4
file authentication
1-17
1-17
image authentication
R
1-16
Locally Significant Certificate (LSC)
media encryption
Real-Time Control Protocol
security profiles
See RTP
redial
remote port configuration
troubleshooting
9-8
about
9-12
4-9
continuously
9-6
security profiles
intentionally
9-7
services
methods
1-17, 1-18
configuring for users
9-12
ringer, indicator for
description
1-2, 1-4, 1-7
ringer volume control
ring setting
subscribing to
1-11
1-11
G-4
5-21
Services URL button
5-14, G-4
Settings menu access
3-16, 4-2
shared line
5-14, G-4
signaling authentication
S
signaling encryption
SIP
1-11
secure conference
establishing
5-13, G-4
1-17
1-17
1-11
softkey buttons
description of
1-19
5-21
5-14
protocol support
G-3
5-13, G-4
description
4-9
Security Configuration menu (on Device menu)
9-12
Cisco Unified IP phone
SCCP
1-17
802.1X Authentication
basic
1-5, 1-7
softkey templates, configuring
1-19
identifying
1-19
Speaker button, disabling
restrictions
1-20
speakerphone, description of
security restrictions
1-20
5-19
3-3
1-8
speakerphone button, description of
speed dialing
IN-8
1-17
Security Configuration menu
9-12
resetting
RTP
1-17, 1-18
signaling encryption
5-13
9-12
reset settings on phone
RTCP
1-17
signaling authentication
5-12, G-4
reset, factory
1-18
secure SRST reference
Real-Time Transport Protocol
3-15
1-17
phone hardening
See RTCP
1-17
1-3, 1-5
5-14, G-4
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Index
SRST
8-5
audible message waiting indicator
SRTP
1-11
auto answer
standard (ad hoc) conference
startup problems
auto pickup
9-1
startup process
barge
accessing TFTP server
configuring VLAN
obtaining IP address
Call Back
2-7
caller ID
2-7
Status menu
call forward
2-7
5-5
client matter codes
7-3
conference
7-2
Status Messages web page
Stream 1 web page
8-3, 8-9
streaming statistics
8-9
5-7
direct transfer
1-21
5-7, 5-15
5-8
fast dial service
2-2
internal Ethernet
5-9
group call pickup
hold
4-6, 8-7
SW Port Configuration
5-8
forced authorization codes
2-2
SW port
LLDP-MED
5-8
do not disturb (DND)
switch
hunt group
intercom
join
T
5-9
5-9
5-9
5-10
5-10
log out of hunt groups
TCP
1-11
5-11
malicious caller identification (MCID)
technical specifications, for Cisco Unified IP Phone
telephony features
C-1
meet-me conference
message waiting
abbreviated dialing
agent greeting
5-9
5-9
hold reversion
4-5
5-5
5-8
directed call pickup
distinctive ring
Cisco Catalyst
5-7
directed call park
4-7
supplicant, in 802.1X
5-6
configurable call forward display
8-2, 8-9
5-5
5-5
CAST support for SIP
7-1, 7-2
Status Messages screen
Subnet Mask
5-6
5-4
call waiting
8-9
5-3
5-4
call forward destination override
call park
status messages
5-4
5-6
caller id blocking
2-8
8-7
streaming
5-3
5-4
call display restrictions
statistics
network
1-22
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) speed dial
2-7
requesting configuration file
understanding
5-3
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) Pickup
2-7
loading stored phone image
5-3
block external to external transfer
2-7
contacting Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 2-8
obtaining power
5-3
automatic port synchronization
5-7
5-3
5-2
5-2
mobile connect
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
mobile voice access
5-11
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
IN-9
Index
monitoring and recording
music-on-hold
mute
5-14
DHCP
5-11
DNS
5-11
other group pickup
plus dialing
privacy
redial
5-12
remote port configuration
ring setting
9-6
phones resetting
9-7
security
Services URL button
9-3
9-3
9-6
9-8
services on Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 9-4
5-13
5-14
TFTP settings
5-14
9-3
VLAN configuration
5-14
speed dialing
network outages
physical connection
5-13
5-13
secure conference
9-7
5-14
Time-of-Day Routing
transfer
9-4
network connectivity
5-12
shared line
9-7
IP addressing and routing
5-12
5-12
services
9-6
DNS settings
5-12
programmable line keys
5-15
U
5-15
transfer-direct transfer
5-15
voice messaging system
User Datagram Protocol
See UDP
5-15
User Options web page
TFTP
description
description
1-12
troubleshooting
TFTP Server 1
4-8
TFTP Server 2
4-8
IPv6
call forward settings
5-24
users
accessing voice messaging system
time, displayed on phone
Time-of-Day Routing
5-15, G-4
configuring personal directories
G-4
5-15, G-4
transfer button, description of
transfer-direct transfer
A-2
adding to Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 5-22
3-2
2-5
transfer
5-22, A-1
user options web page
1-15
time zone update
5-22
giving users access to
9-3
TFTP settings
TLS
troubleshooting
providing support to
A-1
required information
A-1
subscribing to services
A-3
A-2
1-2, 1-5, 1-7
5-15, G-4
Transmission Control Protocol
V
See TCP
Transport Layer Security
auxiliary, for voice traffic
See TLS
Trivial File Transfer Protocol
See TFTP
IN-10
VLAN
configuring
2-3
4-4
configuring for voice networks
2-2
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Index
native, for data traffic
verifying
9-7
VLAN, interaction with
voice mail
2-3
2-2
G-4
voice messaging system
5-15
voice messaging system, accessing
voice VLAN
A-2
2-3
volume button, description of
1-3, 1-6, 1-8
W
wall mounting, Cisco Unified IP Phone
3-14, E-1, F-1
web page
about
8-1
accessing
8-2
Debug Display
8-2, 8-9
Device Information
disabling access to
8-2, 8-3
8-3
Ethernet Information
Network
8-2, 8-7
8-2, 8-8
Network Configuration
8-4
Network Configuration web page
preventing access to
Status Messages
Stream 1
8-2
8-3
8-2, 8-9
8-3, 8-9
wideband codec
1-1
X
XmlDefault.cnf.xml
2-5
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
IN-11
Index
IN-12
Cisco Unified IP Phone 6921, 6941, 6945, and 6961 Administration Guide for Cisco Unified Communications Manager 8.5 (SCCP and SIP)
OL-23769-01
Download PDF

advertising